• Share
  • Email
  • Embed
  • Like
  • Save
  • Private Content
2013 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL
 

2013 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL

on

  • 504 views

Classic Cars Nissan offers you excellent sales and service on new or used Nissan vehicles. Stop in and test drive a Nissan 2013 GT-R or any car or truck today! We're located Hainesport New Jersey ...

Classic Cars Nissan offers you excellent sales and service on new or used Nissan vehicles. Stop in and test drive a Nissan 2013 GT-R or any car or truck today! We're located Hainesport New Jersey between Cherry Hill and Mount Holly. Only 20 minutes from Philadelphia. Classic Cars Nissan 1513 Route 38 Hainesport, NJ 08036 866-CLASSIC or 866-252-7742

Statistics

Views

Total Views
504
Views on SlideShare
504
Embed Views
0

Actions

Likes
0
Downloads
3
Comments
0

0 Embeds 0

No embeds

Accessibility

Categories

Upload Details

Uploaded via as Adobe PDF

Usage Rights

© All Rights Reserved

Report content

Flagged as inappropriate Flag as inappropriate
Flag as inappropriate

Select your reason for flagging this presentation as inappropriate.

Cancel
  • Full Name Full Name Comment goes here.
    Are you sure you want to
    Your message goes here
    Processing…
Post Comment
Edit your comment

    2013 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL 2013 GT-R OWNER'S MANUAL Presentation Transcript

    • 1096900-cover.pdf 1 11/29/11 3:29 PM C M Y K 2013 NISSAN GT-R 2013 OWNERS MANUAL R35-D Printing: December 2011 (12) Publication No.: OM3E-0R35U0 For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle. Printed in U.S.A. R35-D NISSAN_OM_R35-D_2012 NISSAN GT-R_201111 R35-D SAKUSEI:201111
    • FOREWORDWelcome to the growing family of new NISSAN disclosures, warnings, cautions and instructions . ALWAYS observe posted speed lim-owners. This vehicle is delivered to you with concerning proper use of such accessories prior its and never drive too fast forconfidence. It was produced using the latest to operating the vehicle and/or accessory. See a conditions.techniques and strict quality control. GT-R certified NISSAN dealer for details con- cerning the particular accessories with which . ALWAYS give your full attention toThis manual was prepared to help you under- driving and avoid using vehicle your vehicle is equipped.stand the operation and maintenance of your features or taking other actions thatvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles Your GT-R certified NISSAN dealer knows could distract you.(kilometers) of driving pleasure. Please read your vehicle best. When you require any service or have any questions, they will be . ALWAYS use your seat belts andthrough this manual before operating your glad to assist you with the extensive appropriate child restraint systems.vehicle. resources available to them. Pre-teen children should be seatedA separate Warranty Information Booklet in the rear seat.contains the warranties covering your READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELYvehicle (whose terms have control over . ALWAYS provide information about Before driving your vehicle, please read this the proper use of vehicle safetythis Owner’s Manual or any other docu- Owner’s Manual carefully. This will ensure features to all occupants of thement or representation regarding warranty familiarity with controls and maintenance re- vehicle.coverage). The “NISSAN Service and Main- quirements, assisting you in the safe operationtenance Guide” explains details about . ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man- of your vehicle.maintaining and servicing your vehicle. ual for important safety information.Additionally, a separate Customer Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will explain WARNING MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLEhow to resolve any concerns you may have IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONwith your vehicle, as well as clarify your This vehicle should not be modified. Mod- REMINDERS FOR SAFETY! ification could affect its performance,rights under your state’s lemon law. Follow these important driving rules to safety or durability, and may even violateIn addition to factory installed options, your help ensure a safe and comfortable trip governmental regulations. See the 2013vehicle may also be equipped with additional for you and your passengers! NISSAN GT-R Warranty Information Book-accessories installed by NISSAN or your GT-R let for details including applicable exclu-certified NISSAN dealer prior to delivery. It is . NEVER drive under the influence of sions.important that you familiarize yourself with all alcohol or drugs.
    • WHEN READING THE MANUAL CAUTIONThis manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. Therefore, This is used to indicate a hazard thatyou may find some information that does could cause minor or moderate perso-not apply to your vehicle. nal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk,All information, specifications and illustrations in follow the information and instructionsthis manual are those in effect at the time of carefully.printing. NISSAN reserves the right to changespecifications or design at any time withoutnotice. NOTICEIMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT This is used to indicate a hazard thatTHIS MANUAL could cause damage to property or yourYou will see various symbols in this manual. They vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,are used in the following ways: follow the information and instructions. If you see the symbol above, it means “Do not do this” or “Do not let this happen”. WARNING This is used to indicate a hazard that If you see a symbol similar to those above in an could cause death or serious personal illustration, it means the arrow points to the front injury. To avoid or reduce the risk, of the vehicle. follow the information and instructions exactly. Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action.
    • Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/above call attention to an item in the illustration. hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”This indicates the title and reference page.CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING WARNING Engine Exhaust, some of its constitu- ents, and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids con- tained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Cali- fornia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. * 2011 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD. C All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual may be reproduced or stored in aCALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI- retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, orSORY by any means, electronic, mechanical, photo-Some vehicle parts, such as lithium bat- copying, recording or otherwise, without theteries, may contain perchlorate material. prior written permission of NISSAN Motor Co.,The following advisory is provided: “Per- Ltd.chlorate Material - special handling may
    • NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAMNISSAN CARES ...Both NISSAN and your GT-R certified NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourGT-R certified NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your GT-R certified NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile salesand service needs.However, if there is something that your GT-R The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for You can write to NISSAN with the information oncertified NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with the following information: the left at:or you would like to provide NISSAN directly . Your name, address, and telephone number For U.S. customerswith comments or questions, please contact the NISSAN North America, Inc.NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using . Vehicle identification number (attached to Consumer Affairs Departmentour toll-free number: the top of the instrument panel on the P.O. Box 685003 For U.S. customers driver’s side) Franklin, TN 37068-5003 1-866-668-1GTR . Date of purchase or via e-mail at: (1-866-668-1487) . Current odometer reading nnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa. For Canadian customers com 1-800-387-0122 . Your NISSAN dealer’s name For Canadian customers . Your comments or questions NISSAN Canada Inc. OR 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e-mail at: information.centre@nissancanada. com if you prefer, visit us at: www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) or www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers) We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.
    • Table of GT-R Overview GTRContents Illustrated table of contents 0 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 Instruments and controls 2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4 Starting and driving 5 In case of emergency 6 Appearance and care 7 Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8 Technical and consumer information 9 Index 10
    • GT-R OverviewGT-R specific information ............................................... GTR-3 Increase tightening of the strut support bar Warranty information .................................................. GTR-3 attachment section with the shock absorber .... GTR-9 Maintenance information ........................................... GTR-3 Break-in schedule ............................................................ GTR-9GT-R special specification parts ................................... GTR-3 Wheel alignment ..................................................... GTR-10 Engine oil ....................................................................... GTR-3 Precautions before driving ........................................... GTR-10 Transmission oil ........................................................... GTR-4 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF mode .... GTR-10 Differential oil (front and rear) .................................. GTR-4 Summer tires ............................................................ GTR-11 Brake fluid ..................................................................... GTR-4 All-season tires ........................................................ GTR-11 Tires and road wheels ............................................... GTR-4 Avoiding body damage .......................................... GTR-11 Suspension ................................................................... GTR-5 Fuel ............................................................................. GTR-12 Brake pad and disc rotor .......................................... GTR-5 Body repair ............................................................... GTR-12 Exhaust muffler and trunk carpet ............................ GTR-6 Driving after replacing tires .................................. GTR-12 Exterior parts (spoiler, etc.) ...................................... GTR-6 Additional maintenance items ..................................... GTR-12 Dry carbon fiber rear spoiler (if so equipped) ..... GTR-7 Precautions on performance driving .................. GTR-13GT-R performance optimization services .................... GTR-7 Inspection and adjustments before driving ...... GTR-14 Wheel alignment inspection and adjustment Inspection and adjustments after driving .......... GTR-19 (if necessary) (including tire GT-R specific vehicle characteristics ........................ GTR-24 pressure adjustment) ................................................. GTR-8 Refueling precautions ............................................ GTR-24 Increase tightening of the drive shaft and center Gasoline smell ......................................................... GTR-24 nut on hub ..................................................................... GTR-8 Outside temperature display indicates Engine settings (balancing right and left higher temperature ................................................. GTR-24 air flow) .......................................................................... GTR-8 Idle speed is not steady ........................................ GTR-24 Transmission settings ................................................. GTR-9 Engine speed is restricted .................................... GTR-24 Checking the exhaust finisher and rear Engine output ........................................................... GTR-24 bumper clearance ....................................................... GTR-9 Distortion of rear spoiler ....................................... GTR-25
    • Uneven wear of tires ................................................ GTR-25 Dual clutch transmission .............................................. GTR-28Noises are heard while driving .............................. GTR-25 Transmission operation characteristics ............. GTR-29Brake system information ........................................ GTR-27Dry carbon fiber rear spoiler (if so equipped) ... GTR-27
    • GT-R SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONGT-R SPECIFIC INFORMATION PARTSThe GT-R is NISSAN’s first supercar category . Deleting any or all stored information in anyvehicle. The GT-R is equipped with special computer, control unit or electronic module NOTICEsystems. These systems are different than those including VSDR, Only use the following specified fluidsused on conventional vehicles to allow for the . Failure to have required GT-R Performancehigh performance driving characteristics of this and parts in the GT-R to avoid possible Optimization Services performed.vehicle. Your vehicle should be maintained by a vehicle damage. In addition, see your tire warranty for specificGT-R certified NISSAN dealer. Special skills, limitations or exclusions for operating summerknowledge and equipment are necessary to tires below −208C (−48F). ENGINE OILproperly maintain your GT-R. MAINTENANCE INFORMATION Mobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic oil)WARRANTY INFORMATION Mobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic) is the factory . Special skills, knowledge and equipment arePlease read this Owner’s Manual carefully, fill oil. The VR38 engine with its plasma-sprayed necessary to properly inspect and adjust thetogether with your Warranty Information Booklet bores was developed using this oil. NISSAN GT-R engine, transmission, suspension andwhich describes a number of express limitations, cannot ensure proper engine operation and brakes to maintain performance. A GT-Rexclusions and ways to void your warranty for durability if other 0W-40 synthetic oil is used. certified NISSAN dealer has the GT-Rfailing to follow the instructions contained in this If Mobil 1 (0W-40) is not available, Mobil 1 certified technical staff and the specialOwner’s Manual, including, but not limited to: (10W-40) (100% synthetic) may be used; equipment to properly maintain your GT-R.. Failure to use proper parts, fuel and fluids, however, some performance loss may be . NISSAN recommends maintenance items noticed.. Driving with the VDC off, that require the replacement of parts, engine The use of additives, chemical materials or. Racing, oil, oil filters and air filters should be abrasive compounds is prohibited. performed by a GT-R certified NISSAN. Any competitive driving of any sort whatso- dealer. Make sure the specified fluids and The use of additives, chemical materials, abra- ever, parts are used when the maintenance is sive compounds or other high performance. Use on a track or driving on any airstrip, performed. NISSAN also recommends the engine oils may cause internal engine damage.. Modifications, including adding/replacing, replacement of parts such as brakes should be performed by a GT-R certified NISSAN Engine oil maintenance reprogramming, attempting to reprogram, dealer. . When the vehicle is delivered, the engine oil altering, disconnecting any computer, con- level is 0.39 in (10 mm) below the H mark on trol unit or electronic modules, the engine oil dipstick for optimum high GT-R Overview GTR-3
    • performance driving. The engine oil can be TRANSMISSION OIL BRAKE FLUID filled up to the H mark if not engaging in Genuine NISSAN Transmission Oil R35 Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special performance driving. Special (100% synthetic oil) II. Because of the high performance character- The GT-R uses a multiple-disc dual wet clutch Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II is istics of the GT-R engine, more frequent oil transmission. The specially developed transmis- the factory fill brake fluid. The Vehicle Dynamic level inspections are necessary. Check the sion oil maximizes the friction characteristics of Control (VDC) unit and other related parts were oil level every 1,800 miles (3,000km) and the clutch and the lubrication of the gear specially designed for this brake fluid. NISSAN adjust as necessary. Also, change the bearings. cannot ensure proper operation of the vehicle if engine oil based on the driving conditions. other brake fluid is used. For the information regarding oil replace- The use of additives is prohibited. ment intervals, refer to the 2013 NISSAN The use of additives or other transmission oil TIRES AND ROAD WHEELS GT-R Service and Maintenance Guide. may cause internal transmission or clutch Genuine GT-R tires and road wheels damage.. Some amount of oil is consumed by your Use only genuine GT-R tires and road wheels. engine under normal operating conditions, DIFFERENTIAL OIL (front and rear) and oil consumption by itself does not Tires Differential Oil R35 COMPETITION type necessarily indicate any malfunction. If your The GT-R uses specially designed run-flat tires 2189E rate of oil consumption increases suddenly and matching road wheels. Use of these or without explanation, NISSAN recom- Use only the Differential Oil R35 COMPETITION specially developed tires and wheels provides mends that you have your vehicle inspected type 2189E that can keep the oil temperature the greatest potential for maximum performance. by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. low in order to protect all parts of the differential and maximize the performance of the Limited . Using non-genuine GT-R tires may cause. For information about the oil replacement Slip Differential (LSD). powertrain system damage if the vehicle is intervals for performance driving, refer to the driven in a flat tire situation, even if run-flat interval for replacing oil after high perfor- The use of additives is prohibited. tires are used. This may also prevent the mance driving. ( “Additional mainte- Using additives or any other than the specified vehicle from being stopped safely. nance items” page GTR-12) differential oil may cause the oil temperature to . Using non-genuine GT-R tires may alsoMake sure to replace the oil filter when the increase and the final drive to be damaged. Also cause tire failure due to excessive heatengine oil is changed. it may cause vibration and adversely the vehicle buildup caused by tire distortion while handling characteristics. driving.GTR-4 GT-R Overview
    • . Using non-genuine GT-R tires may affect the GT-R tires onto the wheel, cracks and BRAKE PAD AND DISC ROTOR operation of the VDC system. deformation may occur on the bead portion Genuine GT-R brake pads and disc rotors of the tires meaning that the tires cannot beTire replacement: Use only genuine GT-R brake pads and disc reused. Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN. When tire replacement is required, replacing dealer if the tires need to be removed from rotors. tires as a set of four with new tires is the wheels. This vehicle is equipped with cross-drilled recommended. However, if a tire is punctu- floating rotors and radial-mounted six-piston red or damaged, it may be possible to . When reusing tires, contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. monoblock calipers. This helps to achieve replace only the damaged tire. Determining excellent stopping performance and fade-resis- whether one tire or a complete set of tires Road wheels tance. should be replaced is based on a number of Using non-genuine GT-R wheels may cause the Using non-genuine GT-R brake pads or rotors factors including tire wear and condition. following: can affect vehicle braking performance and the Contact your GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. . vehicle vibration operation of the ABS and VDC system. They can recommend if an individual tire or a complete set should be replaced. . the tire coming loose from the wheel during Replacement of brake pads and disc. The GT-R uses specially designed run-flat a flat tire rotors tires which have a rigid side wall. Special . reduced wheel lug nut tightness NISSAN generally recommends to replace all equipment and procedures are required four sets of brake pads and disc rotors at the when replacing these tires. NISSAN recom- SUSPENSION same time to maintain maximum brake perfor- mends that tire replacement be performed at Genuine GT-R special suspension mance. a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. Use only genuine GT-R special suspension However, replacing only the brake pads may be. Specific tire changing equipment must be components. allowed in some cases (four wheels or only front used to remove the GT-R tires from the wheels depending on the conditions). A GT-R Using non-genuine GT-R suspension compo- wheel and to install the GT-R tires onto the certified technician must inspect the vehicle and nents can affect vehicle performance and may wheel. It is only possible to reuse the tires determine that only the brake pads need to be cause body damage when driving depending on when they have no cracks and/or deforma- replaced. In this case, replacing all brake pads the road conditions. tions on the bead portion of the tire. If the and disc rotors as a set is not necessary. incorrect equipment is used to remove the Note that the replacement of brake pads and the GT-R tires from the wheel and to install the disc rotors as a set on all four wheels should be GT-R Overview GTR-5
    • performed when a GT-R certified technician specification parts can also affect vehicle Front bumperdetermines that this is the correct repair. performance and possibly lead to turbocharger, The shape of the bumper helps pull air into theIf the inside of the disc rotors are cold during the engine or power train related parts including engine compartment through the front wheelwinter and the surface becomes hot due to a transmission, damage. housing to cool the radiator and brakes. Instal-heavy force being applied repeatedly to the Also, do not remove the trunk carpet from the ling an aftermarket bumper may affect the airbrakes, cracks may occur near the coolant hole vehicle for any reason. The carpet insulates the flow in the engine compartment and decreaseon the surface of the disc rotor. Cracks may also vehicle interior from the heat of the muffler and the brake and engine cooling performance. Anoccur due to a heavy force being repeatedly from the noise of the transmission. aftermarket bumper may also change vehicleapplied to the brakes during high performance balance by reducing front down force.driving. In these cases it may be necessary to EXTERIOR PARTS (spoiler, etc.)replace the disc rotors or brake pads depending Do not modify exterior parts. Rear spoileron the condition of the crack. Contact a GT-R The GT-R was developed using a special wind Installing an aftermarket rear spoiler may changecertified NISSAN dealer for replacement. tunnel to help make sure the vehicle is the down force balance between front and rear aerodynamically balanced. Additionally, the wind of the vehicle. This can affect the handlingEXHAUST MUFFLER AND TRUNK characteristics of the vehicle and affect the tunnel was used to help make sure cool air flowsCARPET to the brakes, radiator and other components. operation of the ABS and VDC systems.Genuine GT-R special exhaust muffler and Additions of non-genuine GT-R specific acces-trunk carpet. sory exterior parts can change the air flow over NOTICEUse only the genuine GT-R special exhaust and around the body. This can affect vehiclemuffler and trunk carpet. balance and cooling of various systems. Modifications to exterior parts may affect engine and transmission coolingThe GT-R exhaust system is designed to provide For example, if the front bumper is modified, performance which can increase thethe maximum vehicle performance and to there is a possibility that brake cooling perfor- temperature in the engine compart-protect the vehicle from high exhaust gas mance may be reduced due to the decrease of ment. This can affect the operation ortemperatures. the air flow to the brake system. damage parts located in the engineIf non-genuine GT-R specification parts are Use only GT-R special specification parts. compartment.used it is possible that the muffler or otherexhaust system parts will deform and causedamage to the underbody. Non-genuine GT-RGTR-6 GT-R Overview
    • GT-R PERFORMANCE OPTIMIZATION SERVICESDRY CARBON FIBER REAR SPOI- NOTE: In addition to the regular maintenance recom-LER (if so equipped) The surfaces of the dry carbon fiber rear mended by NISSAN, the GT-R requires the spoiler are lightly coated like a race car so following special inspections:The dry carbon fiber rear spoiler is made usingthe same composite method used for race cars. that you can feel the proper texture of real . Wheel alignment inspection and adjustmentThe dry carbon fiber rear spoiler has a special carbon, which may feel rough. This is (if necessary) (including tire pressure ad-coating to enhance the feel of the material. normal. justment) . Increase tightening of the drive shaft and NOTICE center nut on hub . Do not use chemical agents (for . Engine settings (balancing right and left air example: wax, coating agent, com- flow) pound agent, etc.) on the dry carbon . Transmission settings fiber rear spoiler because they can . Checking the exhaust finisher and rear damage the material. When the rear bumper clearance spoiler becomes dirty, dilute one cap of mild detergent with a bucket . Increase tightening of the strut support bar of water and use that mixture to attachment section with the shock absorber clean the rear spoiler. These inspections are required at the following intervals: . The dry carbon fiber rear spoiler may turn yellow due to age dete- . 1,000 miles rioration because of the character- . 12 months istics of the material. Storing the vehicle outside in direct sunlight for . 24 months extended periods of time may cause . 36 months discoloration and deterioration. NISSAN recommends that you do not store the vehicle in direct sun- light to protect the rear spoiler. GT-R Overview GTR-7
    • NOTE: WHEEL ALIGNMENT INSPECTION Toe-in specification. These inspections will be performed Front  0.059 in (1.5 mm) AND ADJUSTMENT (if necessary) free of charge for labor at a GT-R Rear  0.079 in (2.0 mm) certified NISSAN dealer only. Inspec- (including tire pressure adjustment) tions thereafter are recommended This vehicle is equipped with a high perfor- INCREASE TIGHTENING OF THE every 12 months or 12,000 miles mance suspension. The vehicle’s wheel align- (whichever comes first) at the custo- ment needs to be measured and adjusted (if DRIVE SHAFT AND CENTER NUT ON mer’s expense. See the 2013 NISSAN necessary) by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer HUB GT-R Warranty Information Booklet for as necessary as the vehicle is driven and the During the first GT-R special inspection (after details. suspension parts break-in. driving 1,000 miles), the front and rear wheel. Repairs and adjustments involving The wheel alignment can be adjusted by a GT-R hub lock nuts (each one on the left and right parts replacement, etc. determined to certified NISSAN dealer in accordance with sides) must be tightened to the specified be necessary as a result of these specifications for city driving to high perfor- tightening specification. The wheel hub lock inspections are performed at the cus- mance driving. nuts should be properly tightened every time the tomer’s expense. inspection is performed. The tires on the GT-R may have different wear. See the 2013 NISSAN GT-R Warranty rates and wear patterns in comparison to ENGINE SETTINGS (balancing right Information Booklet for significant lim- conventional passenger vehicles. Contact a and left air flow) itations, exclusions and possible void- GT-R certified NISSAN dealer to confirm that the alignment is within specifications. Each cylinder bank of this engine operates ing of your warranty resulting from independently due to the vehicle’s twin turbo- failure to have these necessary inspec- Preventing toe-out: charger design. Each side of the engine must tions, repairs and/or adjustments per- Toe-out can cause uneven tire wear or operate at the same level of performance. The air formed. damage to areas inside the tires due to flow of each bank must be checked and. See the 2013 NISSAN GT-R Service and high heat. Be sure to have the wheel adjusted as necessary by a GT-R certified Maintenance Guide for a detailed ex- alignment toe-in setting checked and ad- NISSAN dealer. planation of the GT-R Performance justed by your GT-R certified NISSAN Optimization Services. dealer before any performance driving on closed circuit tracks. Obey all traffic laws when on public roads.GTR-8 GT-R Overview
    • BREAK-IN SCHEDULETRANSMISSION SETTINGS INCREASE TIGHTENING OF THEThe design of the clutch and transmission STRUT SUPPORT BAR ATTACH- NOTICErequires inspection and adjustment of the clutch MENT SECTION WITH THE SHOCK Follow these recommendations to ob-and shift forks by a GT-R certified NISSAN ABSORBER tain maximum engine performance anddealer at the recommended intervals. Depend- ensure the future reliability and econo- During the first GT-R special inspection (aftering on the driving conditions, more frequent my of your new vehicle. Failure to 1,000 miles), the strut support bar attachmentadjustments may be necessary to help maximize follow these recommendations may bracket and shock absorber (each one on thevehicle performance. result in shortened engine life and left and right sides) must be tightened to theCHECKING THE EXHAUST FIN- specified tightening specification. The strut reduced vehicle performance.ISHER AND REAR BUMPER support bar attachment bracket and shock absorber (each one on the left and right sides) Please observe the following types of drivingCLEARANCE must be tightened to the specified tightening until the mileage shown below has beenClearance between the enlarged-diameter ex- specification 300-600 miles (500-1,000 km) reached.haust finisher and the rear bumper is realized by after the support bar or shock absorber haveusing highly rigid exhaust mount rubber to Until 300 miles (500 km): been removed or installed.control rear muffler vibration. The clearance ( “Engine compartment check locations” . Do not depress the accelerator pedal morebetween the exhaust finisher and the rear than halfway and avoid rapid acceleration. page 8-8)bumper may alter as the exhaust mount rubber . Drive with the engine speed kept at lesschanges shape due to vibration, passage of time than 3,500 RPM.and high exhaust temperature during highperformance driving. Therefore, inspection of . Avoid unnecessary quick steering, abruptthe clearance is necessary during the GT-R braking and driving on poor roads.special inspection and when engaging in 300 to 600 miles (500 to 1,000 km):performance driving. . Avoid rapid acceleration in a low gear (1st to 3rd gears) with the accelerator pedal fully depressed. Depress the pedal slowly. . Avoid unnecessary quick steering and abrupt braking. GT-R Overview GTR-9
    • PRECAUTIONS BEFORE DRIVING. Drive with the suspension setup switch in certified NISSAN dealer in accordance with the COMF mode to allow more suspension specifications for city driving to high perfor- VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) stroke. mance driving. OFF MODE600 to 1,200 miles (1,000 to 2,000 km): The tires on the GT-R may have different wear Always make sure the VDC is ON before driving rates and wear patterns in comparison to the vehicle by checking that the VDC OFF. Drive with the engine speed kept relatively indicator lights on the meter and the VDC set-up high with the shift lever in the & position. M conventional passenger vehicles. Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer to confirm that switch are not illuminated. The GT-R is a high Shifting is recommended between 1st and the alignment is within specifications. performance vehicle and the VDC must be on/ 4th gears. activated to provide proper powertrain operation. Avoid unnecessary quick steering and and intended drivability. abrupt braking.. Drive with the suspension setup switch in WARNING the COMF mode to allow more suspension stroke. . The VDC OFF mode should ONLY beEven though the mileage reaches over 1,200 used briefly to help free the vehiclemiles (2,000 km), the clutch may take longer to if stuck in snow or mud by tempora-properly engage if the vehicle is mainly driven in rily stopping operation of the VDCtown at a low speed. NISSAN recommends to maintain wheel torque.breaking in the clutch at a GT-R certified . Driving the GT-R with the VDC offNISSAN dealer. may lead to handling issues related to steering maneuvers, acceleration,WHEEL ALIGNMENT or deceleration. Moreover, drivingDo not adjust the wheel alignment until the with the VDC off can result in anmileage reaches 1,000 miles (1,600 km). Until inoperative vehicle by causing ser-then, the suspension may not engage enough ious damage to the powertrain,and the height may be higher. including damage to the TransaxleHowever, make sure to adjust the alignment Assembly including Transfer, Clutch,after 1,000 miles (1,600 km). Gears, Transaxle case and all of its components and other drivetrainThe wheel alignment can be adjusted by a GT-RGTR-10 GT-R Overview
    • component(s) by overheating or ex- snowy or icy conditions when temperatures are cessive force. less than 328F (08C). . Damage to the powertrain or any drivetrain component(s) that occurs WARNING when there is a record in the Vehicle Never use summer tires when the Status Data Recorder (VSDR) that temperature is below −48F (−208C) to the vehicle was driven with VDC off prevent permanent tread deformation during the period when the damage which may cause tire damage or tire was incurred is excluded from war- failure. This may cause a loss of vehicle ranty coverage. control which can result in serious personal injury or death.See your 2013 Warranty Information Booklet forimportant related information and warrantycoverage exclusions. See also section 2 (page ALL-SEASON TIRES2-29) and section 5 (page 5-49) of this Owner’s Do not exceed the speed rating of the tire that is AVOIDING BODY DAMAGEManual, “Transmission Clutch Temperature installed on the vehicle. The GT-R bumper, fascia, side sills and under-High” and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) carriage are close to the ground. Drive slowly onSystem” for important additional related informa- rough or uneven roads to avoid damaging thesetion. parts. Pay careful attention to wheel blocks andSUMMER TIRES curbs. If the front bumper contacts a wheel block, curb, etc., the bumper and underlyingThe GT-R summer tires are made from a parts may be damaged or cracked. Be carefulspecially formulated rubber to maximize the not to damage the aerodynamic diffuser that isvehicle’s performance capabilities. Performance installed below the engine room.of summer tires is substantially reduced whentemperatures are less than 328F (08C) so youmust drive carefully. NISSAN recommends theuse of winter or all-season tires on all fourwheels if you plan to operate your vehicle in GT-R Overview GTR-11
    • ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMSFUEL proved by NISSAN for repairing structural body The information and specifications in this damage. Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN section apply only when engaging inNISSAN recommends using fuels that contain dealer or NISSAN Consumer Affairs for a performance driving.no alcohol. However, fuels containing up to 10% referral or list of certified body shops.alcohol may be used, if necessary. Do not use E- The following information applies only if you15 or E-85 in your vehicle. ( “Fuel recom- DRIVING AFTER REPLACING TIRES engage in performance driving such as drivingmendation” page 9-4) your GT-R for extended periods under the Avoid the driving conditions listed under “Addi- following conditions. tional maintenance items” in this section for 48 NOTICE hours after tires are installed on the wheels . Higher-RPM (approaching redline) opera- ( “Additional maintenance items” page tion To avoid serious engine damage due to GTR-12). The tire may slip on the wheel if the . Frequent high pedal force braking from increased cylinder temperatures, do not vehicle is driven in these conditions before 48 moderate and higher speeds use fuels that contain more alcohol hours have passed. If the tire slips on the wheel, than indicated in “Gasoline con- . Frequent throttle activation the wheel/tire assembly will be out of balance taining oxygenates” page 9-4. Also, do and will require rebalancing. . Fast revving throughout the RPM range not use fuel additives, fuel stabilizers or fuel deicers that contain alcohol. In such cases, the following additional main- tenance guidelines apply. However, you should also carefully readBODY REPAIR your 2013 NISSAN GT-R Warranty Informa-The body of the GT-R has been manufactured tion Booklet for important informationon special fixtures utilizing a hybrid structure concerning warranty coverage, limitationswith aluminum die cast parts for the frame work. and exclusions.Special skills, information and equipment are We recommend that all GT-R maintenance berequired to correctly repair the body. Contact a performed at a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.GT-R certified NISSAN dealer if the vehicle is NISSAN will only pay for GT-R Performancedamaged, such as in a collision, and they will Optimization Services performed at a GT-Rrecommend an appropriate body shop. certified NISSAN dealer.Only certified body shops using CELETTE®advanced collision repair equipment are ap-GTR-12 GT-R Overview
    • PRECAUTIONS ON PERFORMANCE condition and engine output is reduced. the vehicle if coolant temperatures are extremelyDRIVING . Engine oil temperature is 2758F (1358C) or high. Drive the vehicle at 37 to 50 MPH (60 to higher: 80 km/h), in 5th or 6th gear for 2 to 3 miles (3 toThe information and specifications in this 5 km) and then stop the engine.section apply only when engaging in If the engine oil temperature is higher thanperformance driving. 2758F (1358C), the meter display changes Refueling precautions to red, maximum engine speed is automati-Checking the temperature of the cally limited to 4,000 rpm, and the transmis-coolant and oils on the multi func- sion automatically changes from the & M WARNINGtion display position to the & position. A Do not attempt to top off the fuel tankWhen the temperatures of the engine coolant . Transmission oil temperature is 2848F after the fuel pump nozzle shuts offand oil, and the oil pressure exceed the normal (1408C) or higher: automatically. Continued refueling mayrange, the color of the meter on the multi If the transmission oil temperature increases cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuelfunction display changes to red to warn the to over 2848F (1408C), the color of the spray and possibly a fire. The fuel tankdriver. When engaging in high performance meter display changes to red. However, the is full at the first automatic shutoff.driving, switch the display to the function meter vehicle can continue to be driven until theto display the temperature of the engine coolant temperature reaches 2958F (1468C). If the To maximize vehicle performance, the fuel tank isand oil, and the oil pressure. When the color of oil temperature exceeds 2848F (1408C) located as low as possible to lower the vehiclethe meter display changes to red, perform cool while driving (the color of the meter dis- center of gravity. The tank is also divided intodown driving. When the values of the tempera- played in red), change both the transmission two parts. This fuel tank design causes higherture and pressure return to the normal range, the oil and the differential oil after driving pressures inside the tank than other vehicles socolor of the meter display will turn back to white. because these fluids have deteriorated fuel spillage is possible by trying to top off theWarning temperature: because of the heat. fuel tank after automatic shutoff.. Engine coolant temperature is 2308F Cool down The fuel tank pressure is higher when the vehicle (1108C) or higher: is hot, especially if the tank is more than half full. The information and specifications in this If the engine coolant temperature increases If the cap is opened when the vehicle is hot, it section apply only when engaging in above 2308F (1108C), the color of the meter may cause fuel spray and there may be a hissing performance driving. display on the multi function display changes noise. Open the cap slowly, releasing the Cool down the vehicle to help extend the life of pressure from the tank gradually. Also, if the to red to warn of a possible overheat GT-R Overview GTR-13
    • vehicle is refueled when the vehicle is hot, the necessarily indicate any malfunction. If yourfuel pump may automatically shut off before the rate of oil consumption increases suddenlytank is full. This does not indicate that there is a or without explanation, NISSAN recom-malfunction. Refuel slowly or refuel after the mends that you have your vehicle inspectedvehicle has cooled. by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTSBEFORE DRIVINGThe information and specifications in thissection apply only when engaging inperformance driving.Fluids. Check the engine, transmission, differential . NISSAN recommends to adjust the engine and under vehicle surfaces for oil and oil level * to be 0.39 in (10 mm) (1/8 gal 1 coolant leaks. (0.5 liters)) * below the H mark on the 2. Check the fluid levels and adjust as neces- engine oil dipstick. (* range is 1.18 in (30 3 sary using the specified fluid as described mm)) Before checking the oil level, run the under the conditions listed in this section. engine until it reaches operating tempera- ( “Recommended fluids and mainte- ture and wait at least 5 minutes after turning nance interval” page GTR-20 ) If you do off the engine. Make sure the oil level always not drive under the conditions listed, refer to remains above the L mark. the 2013 NISSAN Service and Maintenance When the vehicle is delivered, the engine oil Guide. is set to “H- 0.39 in (10 mm)” for optimal high performance driving. . Some amount of oil is consumed by your engine under normal operating conditions, and oil consumption by itself does notGTR-14 GT-R Overview
    • Coolant level and mixture ratio distilled water mix is used. The information and specifications in this Engine and powertrain section apply only when engaging in The information and specifications in this performance driving. section apply only when engaging in Check the coolant level in the pressurized performance driving. coolant reservoir. Adjust the level so that the fluid is between the MAX and MIN markings. For . Check the engine, transmission, differential the coolant, use genuine NISSAN Long Life and under the vehicle for oil and coolant coolant. (On delivery of new vehicle, the leaks. reservoir is filled to the MIN level. Be sure to . Inspect the areas surrounding of the cata- replenish approximately 3/8 US quart (0.3 to 0.4 lytic converter for heat deterioration. liter) of coolant.) . Before engaging in performance driving, appropriate clutch adjustment must be NOTICE performed by your GT-R certified NISSAN. Adjust the power steering fluid level to the R dealer. mark * on the power steering dipstick 5 Do not overfill the coolant. This may when the fluid temperature is hot or * 6 increase the pressure in the cooling when the fluid temperature is cold. system and cause coolant leaks. NOTICE Fluid temperature: Failure to have the clutch properly Hot: 122 to 1768F (50 to 808C): between To maximize vehicle performance, the coolant adjusted before performance driving * and * 1 5 mixture ratio should be a combination of 30% may cause the transmission oil tem- Cold: 32 to 868F (0 to 308C): between * 3 coolant antifreeze and 70% demineralized or perature to increase which may cause and * 6 distilled water for maximum cooling system transmission damage. performance regardless of ambient tempera- tures. . Inspect and confirm the clearance between If ambient temperatures are anticipated below the exhaust finisher and rear bumper is more 58F (−158C), make sure a proper mixture ratio of than 0.24 in (6 mm) (up/down) and more 50% antifreeze and 50% demineralized or than 0.20 in (5 mm) (left/right). GT-R Overview GTR-15
    • . Inspect the dust boot of the drive shaft Preventing toe-out: Wheels and tires universal joint for cracks or damage. Toe-out can cause uneven tire wear or The information and specifications in thisSuspension and wheel alignment damage to areas inside the tires due to section apply only when engaging in high heat. Be sure to have the wheel performance driving.The information and specifications in this alignment toe-in setting checked and ad-section apply only when engaging in . Check tire wear and cracking. justed by your GT-R certified NISSANperformance driving. dealer before any performance driving on . Inspect the tire side wall for damage.. Check the steering and suspension system closed circuit tracks. Obey all traffic laws . Check the tire pressure and adjust the and other links for loose and/or damaged when on public roads. pressure as necessary when the tires are parts. cold. ( “Wheels and tires” page 8-31) Toe-in specification. Measure and adjust the wheel alignment. Front  0.059 in (1.5 mm) ( “Wheel alignment” page GTR-10) Rear  0.079 in (2.0 mm) Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer to adjust the wheel alignment to the recom- mended setting for high performance driv- ing.GTR-16 GT-R Overview
    • . Adjust the tire pressure to the specification Condition Pressure PSI (kPa) shown in the table, in order to make the Starting to drive (Tires are cold) Front: 30.5 (210) - 31.9 (220), Rear: 29 (200) balance of rigidity between the front and rear Increasing tire pressure (Tires are hot) Front: Not exceeding 39.2 (270), tires more uniform when the temperature of Rear: Not exceeding 37.7 (260) the tires increases due to driving at high speed or engaging in high performance The tire pressure changes depending on the * The following chart indicates how the tire driving. outside temperature or altitude. Check the tire pressure will decrease as outside air tempera- pressure regularly and when the climate condi- ture decreases. tions change. GT-R Overview GTR-17
    • . Make sure that the nuts and valves that are WARNING attached to the TPMS sensor are tight and there is no nitrogen leak. Keep your tires inflated to the correct tire pressure. Driving with low tire . Use only a NISSAN genuine valve cap or pressure can damage some powertrain equivalent. systems and affect the operation of the . Check wheel hub run out and that the wheel ABS and VDC systems. Low Tire pres- rotates smoothly without any friction. Check sure may also cause tire failure and these with the tires removed whenever an result in serious personal injury or inspection is performed with the vehicle death. jacked up. . Secure road wheel balance weights with. Make sure the tire valve stem cap is installed aluminum tape. and that the valve stem is tight. When . Check that the wheel nuts are not stripped. installing the cap, make sure to tighten the cap by hand. If a tool is used to tighten the . Make sure the tire has not slipped on the cap, the cap may be damaged. wheel causing the assembly to be out of balance. The reference marks on the tire and. Make sure the wheel nuts are tight. wheel should be aligned. If the reference ( “Wheels and tires” page 8-31) marks are not aligned, the tire has slipped on. Make sure the drive shaft nuts are tight. the wheel. Have the wheels/tires reba- lanced. Make sure the old reference marks. Make sure to replace the grommet seal, the are erased and new reference marks are valve core and the valve cap of the Tire applied to the wheel and tire. When instal- Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) sensor ling new tires on the wheels, make sure new attached to the wheel every 3 years for reference marks are applied to the wheels performance driving use. Replace them and tires. every 5 years even when not engaging in performance driving. A dirty grommet seal . Avoid the driving conditions listed under will cause the air leak from the tire. “Additional maintenance items” in this sec- tion for 48 hours after tires are installed onGTR-18 GT-R Overview
    • the wheels. The tire may slip on the wheel if from cornering forces and will reduce the stroke Fluids the vehicle is driven in these conditions of the brake pedal. Contact a GT-R certified The information and specifications in this before 48 hours have passed. If the tire slips NISSAN dealer to purchase the spring and section apply only when engaging in on the wheel, the wheel/tire assembly will be arrange installation. If a cross spring is added, a performance driving. out of balance and will require rebalancing. clattering or squeaking sound may be heard on rare occasions. . Check the engine, transmission, differentialBrakes and under the vehicle for oil and coolant Brake pad break-in procedure: leaks.The information and specifications in thissection apply only when engaging in NISSAN recommends that a special brake pad . Check the fluid levels and adjust as neces-performance driving. break-in procedure be performed before enga- sary using the specified fluid as described ging in performance driving. Contact a GT-R. Check for the heat deterioration of the certified NISSAN dealer for details. under the conditions listed in this section. brakes and parts around the brakes. ( “Recommended fluids and mainte- INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTS nance interval” page GTR-20) If you do not. It is recommended that you remove air from AFTER DRIVING drive under the conditions listed, refer to the the brake system after any of the following: 2013 NISSAN Service and Maintenance — When engaging in high performance The information and specifications in this Guide. driving for the first time after purchasing section apply only when engaging in a new vehicle. performance driving. . When changing fluids, be sure to use the specified fluids as described in this Owner’s — After replacing the brake fluid. manual. ( “Capacities and recom- — When engaging in high performance NOTICE mended fuel/lubricants” page 9-2) driving for a sustained period of time. It is recommended that bleeding the brake At the completion of performance driv- be performed when the brake calipers ing, all fluid and other adjustments are hot (about 2128F (1008C)). should be returned to the normal fluid specifications as shown in the “Main-Brake pad: tenance and do-it-yourself” section ofNISSAN recommends adding an additional this manual.cross spring to the front calipers before enga-ging in performance driving. The additionalspring reduces brake pad movement resulting GT-R Overview GTR-19
    • Recommended fluids and maintenance intervalThe information and specifications in this section apply only when engaging in performance driving. ITEMS Engine OilGT-R SPECIFIED FLUIDS Mobil 1 (0W-40)*1 . When the oil temperature stays Change engine oil and engine oil filter at the same interval as Schedule 1 and below 2308F (1108C) while driving 2 in the 2013 NISSAN GT-R Service and Maintenance Guide. . When the oil temperature reachesMAINTENANCE INTERVAL between 2308F (1108C) and 2668F (1308C) while Change engine oil and engine oil filter every 3,000 miles (5,000 km). driving . When the oil temperature exceeds Change engine oil and engine oil filter immediately after stopping. 2668F (1308C) while driving*1: Mobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic) is the factory fill oil. The VR38 engine with its plasma-sprayed bores was developed using this oil. NISSAN cannot ensure proper engine operation and durability if other 0W-40 synthetic oil is used. If Mobil 1 (0W-40) is not available, Mobil 1 (10W-40) (100% synthetic) may be used; however, some performance loss may be noticed.GTR-20 GT-R Overview
    • ITEMS Transmission OilGT-R SPECIFIED FLUIDS Genuine NISSAN Transmission Oil R35 Special . When the oil temperature stays Change transmission oil at the same interval as Schedule 1 and 2 in the 2013 below 2488F (1208C) while driving NISSAN GT-R Service and Maintenance Guide. . When the oil temperature reachesMAINTENANCE INTERVAL between 2488F (1208C) and 2848F (1408C) while Change transmission oil every 3,000 miles (5,000 km). driving . When the oil temperature exceeds Change both transmission oil and differential oil immediately after stopping. 2848F (1408C) while driving Differential oil temperature usually increases concurrently. ITEMS Differential Oil (front and rear)GT-R SPECIFIED FLUIDS Differential Oil R35 COMPETITION type 2189E*2 . When the oil temperature stays Change differential oil at the same interval as Schedule 1 and 2 in the 2013 below 2488F (1208C) while driving NISSAN GT-R Service and Maintenance Guide . . When the oil temperature reaches between 2488F (1208C) and 2848F (1408C) while Change transmission oil every 3,000 miles (5,000 km).MAINTENANCE INTERVAL driving Change both transmission oil and differential oil immediately after stopping. . When the oil temperature exceeds Differential oil temperature usually increases concurrently as the transmission 2848F (1408C) while driving oil temperature.*2: The differential oil temperature cannot be displayed on the multi function display. The differential oil temperature can be checked with the transmission oil temperature since both usually increases or decrease concurrently. GT-R Overview GTR-21
    • ITEMS Brake FluidGT-R SPECIFIED FLUIDS Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II*3MAINTENANCE INTERVAL Change brake fluid every 3,000 miles (5,000 km).*3: Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II is the factory fill brake fluid. The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) unit and other related parts were specially designed for this brake fluid and NISSAN cannot ensure the best performance and proper operation of the vehicle if other brake fluid is used.GTR-22 GT-R Overview
    • Suspension and wheel alignment inspection is performed with the vehicle leaks. jacked up. .. Check the steering and suspension system Inspect the area surrounding the catalytic and other links for loose and/or damaged . Make sure the tire has not slipped on the converter for heat deterioration. parts. wheel causing the assembly to be out of . Inspect and confirm the clearance between balance. The reference marks on the tire and. Measure and adjust the wheel alignment. the exhaust finisher and rear bumper is more wheel should be aligned. If the reference than 0.24 in (6 mm) (up/down) and more Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer to marks are not aligned, the tire has slipped on than 0.20 in (5 mm) (left/right). adjust the wheel alignment to the recom- the wheel. Have the wheels/tires reba- mended setting for normal driving. . The clutch clearance and shift fork position lanced. Make sure the old reference marks are erased and new reference marks are may need to be adjusted.Wheels and tires applied to the wheel and tire. When instal- . Inspect the dust boot of the drive shaft. Check tire wear and cracking. ling new tires on the wheels, make sure new universal joint for cracks or damage.. Inspect the tire side wall for damage. reference marks are applied to the wheels . Check that there is no abnormal noise,. Check the tire pressure and adjust the and tires. ( “Wheels and tires” page vibrations or warning lights illuminated when pressure as necessary when the tires are GTR-16) making tight turns at slow speed (for tight cold. ( “Wheels and tires” page GTR- . Make sure that the TPMS sensor installation corner braking phenomenon). 16) If you do not drive under the conditions nuts and the sensor valve are tight and there listed in this section, see ( “Wheels and is no nitrogen leak. tires” page 8-31) Brakes. Check that the wheel nuts are not stripped. Check if there is no deformation on the . Check for the heat deterioration of the contact surface of the wheel nuts. brakes and parts around the brakes.. Make sure the wheel nuts are tight. . Check the condition of the brake pads and ( “Wheels and tires” page 8-31) disc rotors and replace them as necessary.. Make sure the drive shaft nuts are tight. Engine and powertrain. Check wheel hub run out and that the wheel . Check the engine, transmission, differential rotates smoothly without any friction. Check and under the vehicle for oil and coolant these with the tires removed whenever an GT-R Overview GTR-23
    • GT-R SPECIFIC VEHICLECHARACTERISTICS vehicle has cooled. ENGINE SPEED IS RESTRICTEDREFUELING PRECAUTIONS GASOLINE SMELL To help protect the engine, the maximum engine speed is automatically controlled in the following WARNING The fuel temperature is higher when the vehicle conditions: is hot. This may cause a gasoline smell from the Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank vehicle. This does not indicate that there is a . Revving the engine with the shift lever in the after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off malfunction. The smell will go away when the & or & position: The maximum engine P N automatically. Continued refueling may fuel temperature has cooled. speed is 5,000 RPM cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire. The fuel tank OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY . Revving the engine when the engine oil is at is full at the first automatic shutoff. a low (below 328F (08C)) or extremely high INDICATES HIGHER TEMPERATURE (over 2758F (1358C)) temperature: The Heat from the engine compartment, radiator and maximum engine speed is 4,000 RPM (TheTo maximize vehicle performance, the fuel tank is intercoolers can affect the outside temperature & position will automatically change to the Mlocated as low as possible to lower the vehicle display. The outside temperature display maycenter of gravity. The tank is also divided into indicate a higher than actual temperature while & position.) Atwo parts. This fuel tank design causes higher driving or stopped. This is normal. ENGINE OUTPUTpressures inside the tank than other vehicles sofuel spillage is possible by trying to top off the IDLE SPEED IS NOT STEADY High altitudefuel tank after automatic shutoff. The idle speed may not be steady when the To protect the engine, engine output is con-The fuel tank pressure is higher when the vehicle engine compartment is extremely hot. This is trolled so that it does not increase at altitudesis hot, especially if the tank is more than half full. normal. The engine speed will be steady when 4,922 ft (1,500 meters) or higher.If the cap is opened when the vehicle is hot, it the engine cools down.may cause fuel spray and there may be a hissing In this case, the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) Engine output according to thenoise. Open the cap slowly, releasing the may come on. After a few driving trips, the MIL coolant temperaturepressure from the tank gradually. Also, if the should turn off. If the light remains on after a few The engine output is controlled at a low levelvehicle is refueled when the vehicle is hot, the driving trips, have the vehicle inspected by a when the engine coolant temperature is lowerfuel pump may automatically shut off before the GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. than approximately 1588F (708C) or higher thantank is full. This does not indicate that there is a 2308F (1108C). This is not a malfunction.malfunction. Refuel slowly or refuel after the If the temperature is lower than approximatelyGTR-24 GT-R Overview
    • 1588F (708C), drive the vehicle until it reaches NOISES ARE HEARD WHILE DRIV- — When repeatedly applying gentle brak-normal operating temperature. If the temperature ING ing, especially on a curve at a low speed,is higher than 2308F (1108C), perform cool- ordown driving procedure. ( “Cool down” . The GT-R brake pads use material that — When the brake rotors have circularpage GTR-13) When the temperature of the provides a high amount of braking power scores with the brake temperature high.engine coolant is between 1588F (708C) and even in high temperatures. This material can2308F (1108C), the engine output returns to cause an intermittent screeching noise just before the vehicle comes to a stop when the WARNINGnormal. brakes are gently applied. The noise de- Follow the instructions below whenDISTORTION OF REAR SPOILER creases as the brake pads wear. However, parking the vehicle to help prevent theWhen the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight on the additional brake pad break-in or repla- brake rotor and brake pads from rust-a hot day, the center of the rear spoiler may cing the cross spring may decrease the ing together. Failure to follow thebecome distorted. This is normal. When the noise. Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN instructions could cause the rotor andsurface temperature of the rear spoiler is dealer. pads to rust together. If the rotor andreduced, the shape of the spoiler should return . A screeching noise may be heard when the pads rust together, there may be ato normal. brake pedal is depressed: popping noise and some vibration — When driving the vehicle for the first time when the vehicle is driven, a wheelUNEVEN WEAR OF TIRES in the morning, may not roll correctly, or the brake padsThe GT-R is equipped with high performance, could be damaged. If the pads are — After leaving the vehicle parked forlow profile, run-flat tires that are optimized for damaged, this may reduce the effec- extended periods of time, orperformance and handling. The life of these tires tiveness of the brake system which — When the vehicle is damp following rainwill be less than those of tires installed on a could cause a collision, serious perso- showers or washing the vehicle.typical vehicle, and you are likely to experience nal injury or death.uneven tire wear and tire noise regardless of the These sounds are normal. The noise istype of tire used. caused when the brake pads absorb moist- ure, and the noise stops after the brake is . The GT-R uses brake pad materials that applied several times. have high metallic content. The brake pad . A screeching noise may also be heard when material helps maintain braking performance the brake pedal is depressed: in a wide range of weather and driving conditions. GT-R Overview GTR-25
    • For the first 3,000-6,000 miles (5,000- dry. Refer to the separate Multi Function 10,000 km) of the vehicle’s service life, — If the brakes are wet when the vehicle is Display Owner’s Manual. and for the first 3,000-6,000 miles (5,000- parked and the parking brake is applied 10,000 km) after a brake replacement, the for a long time. brake pad to brake rotor clearance is very . To maintain steady braking performance in — The hill start assist system can apply the small. When parking, apply the parking both extremely high and low temperatures, brakes even if the brake pedal is not brake and move the shift lever to the & P depressed. The brake pads and rotors the gap between the brake pad and caliper position. Idle the engine for more than 20 is larger than normal and large-size brake can rust together if the parking proce- seconds without depressing the brake pads are used. When driving over a bump, a dure previously described is not fol- pedal. This allows the brake pads to move light rattling sound may be heard from the lowed. away from the rotor so the pad does not brake pad. This does not indicate that there Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer if is a malfunction. contact the rotor. the brake pads and brake rotor have rusted Additionally, the brakes must be dry before together. . When the brake disc rotor undergoes parking the vehicle after driving on wet roads thermal expansion, a ticking noise may be or after washing the vehicle. If the roads are heard from the engaging portion of the wet, lightly apply the brakes for a short NOTICE wheel and the brake disc rotor. This does distance before parking the vehicle to dry To help reduce the possibility of the not indicate that there is a malfunction. The the brakes. After washing the vehicle, dry the rotors and brake pads rusting: noise will reduce when the temperature brakes by driving on a dry road for a few decreases. miles and apply the brakes normally based Have the brake pads and/or rotors quenched when the brake pads are . In addition to noise resulting from uneven on traffic and road conditions. tire wear discussed in the previous section, replaced. For detailed information The metallic brake pads and brake disc rotor the GT-R tires are more rigid than a typical about quenching, contact a GT-R certi- may rust together when the brakes are not passenger car tire and are made from a fied NISSAN dealer. applied: specially formulated rubber to maximize the — If the vehicle is not idled for 20 seconds After quenching the brake pads and/or vehicle’s performance capabilities. These without the brakes applied, or if the rotors, apply a brake of 0.5G to stop the characteristics cause the GT-R tires to have brakes are applied when the vehicle is vehicle 6-7 times at least once a week more road noise than a typical passenger shut off, the rotor and pads can rust in a safe location. G-force can be car tire. This road noise is normal. together, even when the brake pads are checked on the multi function display. . Due to the performance capabilities andGTR-26 GT-R Overview
    • requirements of the GT-R, the sequential 6- driving, or through the continued use of the speed dual clutch transmission is unlike a brakes, the disc rotors must be replaced. typical automatic transmission. You will likely hear mechanical sounds from the transmis- Brake dust sion, particularly at slow speeds and at idle. This vehicle is equipped with high performance This condition is normal. brakes, and the characteristics of the brake pad material may cause more brake dust than otherBRAKE SYSTEM INFORMATION vehicles. NISSAN recommends a wheel coatingCracks on brake pad that helps prevent the brake dust from sticking to the wheels. Contact a GT-R certified NISSANThe friction material of the GT-R disc brake pad dealer for more details.is bonded to the pad backing plate morestrongly than conventional brake pads to with- DRY CARBON FIBER REAR SPOI-stand the high brake temperatures. The friction LER (if so equipped)material and backing plate expand due to heat at The surfaces of the dry carbon fiber rear spoilerdifferent rates. Some cracks may be on the Cracks on the disc rotors are lightly coated like a race car so that you cansurface of the friction material due to the When the brake is repeatedly applied at high feel the proper texture of real carbon, which maydifferences in expansion rates and the strong loads during the cold season, small cracks of feel rough. This is normal.bond between the friction material and backingplate. The cracks do not indicate the brake pads approximately 0.12 in (3 mm) long may appear around the cross drilled holes * . This is due to Aneed to be replaced. However, depending on the temperature differential that occurs becausethe condition of the cracks, the pads may needto be replaced. Contact a GT-R certified the surfaces of the disc rotors become hot whileNISSAN dealer. the inside of the rotor is still cold. However, this poses no problem in terms of brake perfor- mance, and does not indicate a malfunction. The brakes do not need to be replaced. However, if the cracks extend to 0.16 in (4 mm) or longer after repeated application of the brakes at high loads during high performance GT-R Overview GTR-27
    • DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSIONThe GT-R dual clutch transmission is a newly- . Ultralight flywheeldeveloped system that uses an electronically . Dry sump lubricationcontrolled multiple-disc wet clutch attached to These noises do not indicate that there is athe highly efficient manual transmission. This malfunction.transmission has two driving modes.. & position (Automatic gearshift): A allows automatic shifting of the manual transmission.. & position (Manual gearshift): M allows quick shifting of the manual transmis- sion.NOTE:When starting or driving on a steep uphillgrade, shift to the & position and operate Mthe paddle shifter to shift down to 1st gearsimilar to a manual transmission vehicle.The GT-R dual clutch transmission was devel-oped specifically to maximize vehicle perfor-mance and driving enjoyment. The GT-Rtransmission components were designed usingdifferent engineering standards than typicalpassenger car transmissions. Because of this,the GT-R has different operating characteristics,and various rattle noises may be heard duringsome driving conditions because of the follow-ing items:. Gear clearancesGTR-28 GT-R Overview
    • TRANSMISSION OPERATION CHARACTERISTICS Mechanism Operation characteristics . The GT-R transmission design is different from transmissions used in conventional passenger cars. The GT-R uses a transmission gear design, light flywheel and a dry sump lubrication system to provide maximum vehicle performance. Because the GT-R Transmission design is different, noises may be louder. When the transmission temperature is high, rattling, shaking and jarring noises may be heard. . Clattering noises may be heard while shifting.Base Manual transmission . Appropriate gaps are provided between gears to achieve smooth gear rotation and steady tooth surface lubrication under the high-load driving condition. However, this causes a rattling noise. . If the shift lever is moved from & to &↔& position, or &↔& to & position before the vehicle stops, you may not be able to shift gear R A M A M R or it may take longer to shift gear. Make sure to depress the brake pedal and check that the vehicle has stopped before shifting. . When stopping the vehicle with the shift lever in the & or &↔& position, be sure to firmly depress the brake pedal. The vehicle may R A M slowly move if the brake pedal is not depressed. . Avoid depressing the brake and accelerator pedals at the same time. Depressing the brake and accelerator pedals at the same time couldMultiple disc wet clutch cause the clutch to overheat and accelerate deterioration. . When the vehicle is stopped on a hill, do not hold the vehicle in place by depressing the accelerator pedal. Doing so may cause the clutch to overheat and result in transmission damage. Use the brakes to prevent the vehicle from moving. The following conditions are caused due to changes in fluid viscosity as a result of temperature changes. . When the transmission oil is extremely cold or extremely hot, the transmission may feel like it is slipping during shifts or there may be hardElectronic oil pressure shifts. This is normal. Transmission shifting should return to normal when the transmission oil returns to normal operating temperatures.control . When the transmission oil temperature is extremely cold, the time required to run a system check may increase. During the system check, the shift lever must stay in the & position. Move the shift lever after turning off the system check display. Also, it is normal to hear clicking P noises during the transmission systems check. . The higher shift speeds in the & position may result in shift shock and jerkiness when starting or shifting. MChanging modes . The quickest shifting in the R mode with the transmission in the & position is available when the engine speed is high. However, the M transmission may shift more slowly when the engine speed is low. If the vehicle accelerates from a stop with the steering wheel turned half a turn in cold temperatures, the inner wheel tire may slip and someMechanical Limited Slip noise or vibration may be heard. This phenomenon occurs because the viscosity of the differential oil becomes thicker and the Limited SlipDifferential (LSD) Differential (LSD) operates with increasing load. When the steering wheel is returned to the straight ahead position or the differential oil warms up, the noise and vibration decrease. GT-R Overview GTR-29
    • Mechanism Operation characteristics If the vehicle accelerates from a stop with the steering wheel turned half a turn in cold temperatures, it may be hard to move the vehicle when the accelerator pedal is depressed. This phenomenon is unique to AWD vehicles and is caused by the speed difference between the front andElectronically-controlled rear wheel. This is not a malfunction. Resolve the phenomenon by returning the steering wheel to the straight ahead position. You can alsoAll-wheel drive (AWD) alleviate the phenomenon by operating the transmission set up switch and using 2WD drive only when the steering wheel is turned significantly at a low speeds. Normally, the vehicle will not switch to 2WD drive when the set up switch is operated. ( “Tight corner braking phenomenon” page 5-42) . An ultralight flywheel is provided to achieve rapid engine response to the accelerator pedal operation. The engine rotation fluctuationsUltralight flywheel become larger than conventional vehicles. Rattling, shaking or jarring noises may be heard when idling or driving at a low speed. . Rattling noises may be heard when the engine is started or stopped.GTR-30 GT-R Overview
    • 0 Illustrated table of contentsSeats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint Passenger compartment ........................................................ 0-6System (SRS) ........................................................................... 0-2 Cockpit ....................................................................................... 0-7 Front ...................................................................................... 0-2 Instrument panel ...................................................................... 0-8 Rear ....................................................................................... 0-3 Meters and gauges ................................................................. 0-9Exterior ........................................................................................ 0-4 Engine compartment ........................................................... 0-10 Front ...................................................................................... 0-4 Warning and indicator lights ............................................. 0-11 Rear ....................................................................................... 0-5
    • SEATS, SEAT BELTS ANDSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS) 7. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)FRONT (P.1-37) 8. Front seats (P.1-3)1. Seat belt (Page 1-6) 4. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-31)2. Rear seat walk-in lever (P.1-5) 5. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-42)3. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental 6. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air air bag system (P.1-31) bag system (P.1-31)0-2 Illustrated table of contents
    • REAR1. Rear seats 3. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) — Child restraint installation (P.1-14) system (P.1-16)2. Child restraint anchor points (for top tether strap child restraint) (P.1-14) Illustrated table of contents 0-3
    • EXTERIOR ITEMS GT-R SPECIFIED PARTSFRONT Genuine road wheel specific to Road wheel GT-R Tire*1 Genuine tire specific to GT-R Genuine brake pad specific to Brake pad*2 GT-R Genuine brake disc rotor spe- Brake disc rotor*2 cific to GT-R *1: When tire replacement is required, replacing tires as a set of four with new tires is recommended. However, if a tire is punctured or damaged, it may be possible to replace only the damaged tire. Determining whether one tire or a complete set of tires should be replaced is based on a number of factors including tire wear and condition. Contact your GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. They can recommend if an individual tire or a complete set should be replaced. *2: “Replacement of brake pads and disc rotors” page GTR-5 Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II is the factory fill brake fluid. The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) unit and other related parts were specially designed for this brake fluid. NISSAN cannot ensure proper operation of the vehicle if other brake fluid is used.1. Hood (P.3-18) 5. Power windows (P.2-59)2. Windshield wiper and washer (P.2-46, P.8-21) 6. Daytime running light (P.2-49)3. Doors (P.3-2, P.3-4, P.3-8) 7. Headlight and turn signal (P.2-49, P.8-28)4. Outside mirrors (P.3-28) 8. Tires and wheels (P.5-4, P.6-2, P.8-31, P.9-9)0-4 Illustrated table of contents
    • REAR ITEMS GT-R SPECIFIED FUEL Unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 93 AKI (Anti- Fuel Knock Index) number (Research octane number 98)*1 *1: Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 93 AKI (Anti- Knock Index) number (Research octane number 98) to maximize vehicle performance. If 93 AKI number (Research octane number 98) premium gasoline is not available, you may use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number (Research octane number 96), but you may notice a decrease in performance.1. High-mounted stop light (P.8-28) 5. Rear view camera*2. Trunk (P.3-8, P.3-20) 6. Rear combination light (P.8-28)3. Rear window defroster (P.2-48) 7. Fuel-filler door (P.3-23, P.9-4)4. Satellite antenna* *: Refer to the separate Multi Function Display Owner’s Manual. Illustrated table of contents 0-5
    • PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 11. Window lock button (P.2-60) 12. Power door lock switch (P.3-5) *: Refer to the separate Multi Function Display Owner’s Manual.1. Coat hooks (P.2-58) 7. Inside rearview mirror (P.2-63, P.3-27)2. Inside lock knob (P.3-5) 8. Center console box (P.2-58)3. Interior light control switch (P.2-61) — USB memory operation*4. Map lights (P.2-61) — iPod® player operation*5. Sun visors (P.3-27) 9. Cup holders (P.2-55)6. Sunglasses holder (P.2-56) 10. Power window switches (P.2-59)0-6 Illustrated table of contents
    • COCKPIT 11. Horn (P.2-53) 12. Tilting/telescopic steering wheel lever (P.3-26) 13. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-9) 14. Parking brake (P.5-33, P.5-45) 15. Shift lever (P.5-15) *: Refer to the separate Multi Function Display Owner’s Manual.1. Headlight and turn signal switch (P.2-49) 6. Windshield wiper and washer switch (P.2-46)2. Paddle shifters (P.5-15) 7. VDC, transmission and suspension set up3. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)* switches (P.5-24)4. Meters and gauges (P.2-5) 8. Trunk lid release switch (P.3-20)5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side) 9. Hood release handle (P.3-18) — MRK (Mark) switch* 10. Intelligent Key port (P.5-11) — Cruise control (P.5-34) Illustrated table of contents 0-7
    • INSTRUMENT PANEL 13. Trunk release power cancel switch (P.3-21) *: Refer to the separate Multi Function Display Owner’s Manual.1. Outside mirror control switch (P.3-28) 7. Glove box (P.2-57)2. Center dial* 8. Fuse box cover (P.8-23)3. Audio system* 9. Power outlet (P.2-54)4. Heater and air conditioner* 10. Rear window defroster switch (P.2-48)5. Multi function display* 11. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-38)6. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-52) 12. Compact Disc slot*0-8 Illustrated table of contents
    • METERS AND GAUGES NOTE: . Meters and gauges will illuminate when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position. . The needle indicators may move slightly after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position. This does not indicate that there is a malfunction.1. Trip A/B reset switch (P.2-6) 7. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-11)2. Speedometer (P.2-6) 8. Vehicle information display (P.2-11)3. Tachometer (P.2-7)/Upshift indicator (P.2-9) 9. Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-6)4. Transmission position indicator (P.2-8) 10. Fuel gauge (P.2-8)5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-7) 11. NEXT switch (P.2-14)6. ENTER switch (P.2-14) Illustrated table of contents 0-9
    • ENGINE COMPARTMENT ITEMS GT-R SPECIFIED FLUIDS Engine oil Mobil 1 (0W-40)*1 Genuine NISSAN Transmission Transmission oil Oil R35 Special Differential oil Differential Oil R35 COMPE- (front and rear) TITION type 2189E Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid Brake fluid R35 Special II*2 *1: Mobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic) is the factory fill oil. The VR38 engine with its plasma-sprayed bores was developed using this oil. NISSAN cannot ensure proper engine operation and durability if other 0W-40 synthetic oil is used. If Mobil 1 (0W-40) is not available, Mobil 1 (10W- 40) (100% synthetic) may be used; however, some performance loss may be noticed. *2: Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II is the factory fill brake fluid. The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) unit and other related parts were specially designed for this brake fluid and NISSAN cannot ensure proper operation of the vehicle if other brake fluid is used.1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-23) 7. Air cleaner (P.8-20)2. Battery (P.8-17) 8. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-14)3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-12) 9. Radiator filler cap (P.8-10)4. Strut support bar (P.GTR-9) 10. Coolant reservoir cap (pressure type) (P.8-10)5. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-12) 11. Coolant reservoir (P.8-10)6. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-15) 12. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-16)0-10 Illustrated table of contents
    • WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning Warning Name Page Name Page light light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) 2-30 All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning 2-24 warning light light Anti-lock Braking System Indicator 2-25 Name Page (ABS) warning light light Cruise main switch indicator 2-30 light Brake warning light 2-25 Cruise set switch indicator light 2-30 Charge warning light 2-26 Exterior light indicator 2-30 Engine oil pressure warning Front passenger air bag status 2-26 2-30 light light Intelligent Key warning light 2-26 High beam indicator light 2-30 Low tire pressure warning light 2-26 Malfunction Indicator Light 2-30 (MIL) Master warning light 2-28 Turn signal/hazard indicator 2-31 lights Seat belt warning light 2-28 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) 2-31 off indicator light Supplemental air bag warning 2-28 light Transmission warning light 2-29 Illustrated table of contents 0-11
    • MEMO0-12 Illustrated table of contents
    • 1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple- mental restraint systemSeats ........................................................................................... 1-2 Rear-facing child restraint installation using the Front seats ........................................................................... 1-3 seat belts ......................................................................... 1-20 Head restraints ................................................................... 1-5 Forward-facing child restraint installationSeat belts ................................................................................... 1-6 using LATCH .................................................................. 1-22 Precautions on seat belt usage ...................................... 1-6 Forward-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts ......................................................................... 1-24 Pregnant women ................................................................ 1-8 Installing top tether strap ............................................ 1-27 Injured persons ................................................................... 1-8 Booster seats ................................................................. 1-28 Three-point type seat belt with retractor ..................... 1-8 Supplemental restraint system .......................................... 1-31 Seat belt extenders ......................................................... 1-12 Precautions on supplemental restraint system ...... 1-31 Seat belt maintenance ................................................... 1-12 NISSAN Advanced Air Bag SystemChild safety ............................................................................. 1-12 (front seats) .................................................................... 1-37 Infants ................................................................................. 1-13 Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental Small children ................................................................... 1-13 air bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact Larger children ................................................................. 1-13 supplemental air bag systems ................................... 1-41Child restraints ....................................................................... 1-14 Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) ............ 1-42 Precautions on child restraints .................................... 1-14 Supplemental air bag warning labels ...................... 1-43 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren Supplemental air bag warning light ......................... 1-44 System (LATCH) ............................................................. 1-16 Repair and replacement procedure ......................... 1-44 Rear-facing child restraint installation using LATCH .................................................................... 1-18
    • SEATS . The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort. Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits with their back straight up and contacting the seat. If the seatback is reclined, the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased. CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries or damage. well back in the seat with both feet WARNING on the floor and adjust the seat . Do not ride in a moving vehicle properly. ( “Precautions on seat NOTICE when the seatback is reclined. This belt usage” page 1-6) can be dangerous. The shoulder belt . After adjustment, gently rock in the Make sure the front seatback does not will not be against your body. In an seat to make sure it is securely contact the rear seat when reclining the accident, you could be thrown into it locked. seat. When the front seat is reclined to and receive neck or other serious the rearmost position, it may contact . Do not leave children unattended the rear seat. This may cause an injuries. You could also slide under inside the vehicle. They could un- indentation in the seatback. the lap belt and receive serious knowingly activate switches or con- internal injuries. trols. Unattended children could . For the most effective protection become involved in serious acci- when the vehicle is in motion, the dents. seat should be upright. Always sit1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • FRONT SEATSFront power seat adjustmentOperating tips. The power seat motor has an auto-reset overload protection circuit. If the motor stops during operation, wait 30 seconds, then reactivate the switch.. Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off. This will discharge the battery. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3
    • Seat Adjustment Switch Operation LocationForward and backward * A * Move the switch A forward or backward until the desired seat position is obtained. Driver’s and frontReclining * A * Turn the switch A forward and backward until the desired seatback angle is passenger’s seats obtained. The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit. ( “Precautions on seat belt usage” page 1-6) Also, the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the & position with the parking brake fully applied. PSeat lifter (front) * B Push the switch up or down B * to raise or lower the front portion of the seat.Seat lifter (rear) * A Move the switch A* up or down to raise or lower the rear portion of the seat. Driver’s seat1-4 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • position. CAUTION . When returning the seat to its original position, confirm that the seat and seatback are locked prop- erly. . Be careful not to pinch your hand or foot or bump your head when oper- ating the walk-in seat. NOTICERear seat walk-in The front seat head restraints are integrated into Do not place any objects near the the seat and are not adjustable or removable.This feature makes it easier to get in and out of seatback of the front seats. They may Properly position the head restraint by adjustingthe rear seat. Use the following procedure when be pinched and damaged. the front seat so that the top of the seat is asgetting in and out of the rear seat. upright as possible.1. Lift up the lever and tilt the seatback The illustration shows the seating positions forward. HEAD RESTRAINTS equipped with head restraints. The head re-2. Use the seat adjustment switch * to slide A straints are not adjustable. the seat forward to a position where it will be WARNING Indicates the seating position is equipped easier to enter or exit the rear seats. Fold the with a head restraint. shoulder belt guide for easier access to the Head restraints supplement the other rear seat. vehicle safety systems. They may pro-3. To return the seat to its original position, lift vide additional protection against injury up the seatback and use the seat adjust- in certain rear end collisions. ment switch to return the seat to its original Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5
    • SEAT BELTSPRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright and wellback in your seat with both feet on the floor, yourchances of being injured or killed in an accidentand/or the severity of injury may be greatlyreduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you andall of your passengers to buckle up every timeyou drive, even if your seating position includes asupplemental air bag.Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts beworn at all times when a vehicle is beingdriven.1-6 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • . Be sure the seat belt tongue is . Once a seat belt pretensioner has WARNING securely fastened to the proper activated, it cannot be reused and. Every person who drives or rides in buckle. must be replaced together with the this vehicle should use a seat belt at . Do not wear the seat belt inside out retractor. See a GT-R certified all times. Children should be prop- or twisted. Doing so may reduce its NISSAN dealer. erly restrained in the rear seat and, effectiveness. . Removal and installation of the if appropriate, in a child restraint. pretensioner system components . Do not allow more than one person. The seat belt should be properly to use the same seat belt. should be done by a GT-R certified adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to do NISSAN dealer. . Never carry more people in the so may reduce the effectiveness of vehicle than there are seat belts. . All seat belt assemblies, including the entire restraint system and in- retractors and attaching hardware, crease the chance or severity of . If the seat belt warning light glows should be inspected after any colli- injury in an accident. Serious injury continuously while the ignition is sion by a GT-R certified NISSAN or death can occur if the seat belt is turned ON with all doors closed and dealer. NISSAN recommends that not worn properly. all seat belts fastened, it may in- all seat belt assemblies in use dicate a malfunction in the system. during a collision be replaced un-. Always route the shoulder belt over Have the system checked by a GT-R less the collision was minor and the your shoulder and across your certified NISSAN dealer. belts show no damage and continue chest. Never put the belt behind your back, under your arm or across . No changes should be made to the to operate properly. your neck. The belt should be away seat belt system. For example, do Seat belt assemblies not in use from your face and neck, but not not modify the seat belt, add mate- during a collision should also be falling off your shoulder. rial, or install devices that may inspected and replaced if either change the seat belt routing or. Position the lap belt as low and damage or improper operation is tension. Doing so may affect the snug as possible AROUND THE noted. operation of the seat belt system. HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt . All child restraints and attaching Modifying or tampering with the worn too high could increase the hardware should be inspected after seat belt system may result in risk of internal injuries in an acci- any collision. Always follow the serious personal injury. dent. restraint manufacturer’s inspection Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7
    • instructions and replacement re- PREGNANT WOMEN commendations. The child restraints NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use should be replaced if they are seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, damaged. and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips, not the waist. Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt over your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for specific recommendations. INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts. Check with your doctor for specific recommendations. THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR WARNING . Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times. . Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious1-8 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • injuries. You could also slide under the retractor. the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.. For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly.. Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating posi- tions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child’s neck with Fastening the seat belts the ALR mode activated, the child 1. Adjust the seat. ( “Seats” page 1-2) can be seriously injured or killed if 2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor the seat belt retracts and becomes and insert the tongue into the buckle until tight. This can occur even if the you hear and feel the latch engage. vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat . The retractor is designed to lock belt to release the child. If the seat during a sudden stop or on impact. A belt can not be unbuckled or is slow pulling motion permits the belt already unbuckled, release the child to move, and allows you some free- by cutting the seat belt with a dom of movement in the seat. suitable tool (such as a knife or . If the seat belt cannot be pulled scissors) to release the seat belt. from its fully retracted position, firmly pull the belt and release it. Then smoothly pull the belt out of Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9
    • of movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seat may be injured in an accident or sudden belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or stop. during impacts. The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode or child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation. When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt is fully retracted. ( “Child restraints” page 1-14) The ALR mode should be used only for3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug child restraint installation. During normal on the hips as shown. seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR mode should not be activated. If it is4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the activated it may cause uncomfortable seat retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the belt tension. It can also change the opera- shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder tion of the front passenger air bag. and across your chest. ( “Front passenger air bag and statusThe three-point type seat belts for the front light” page 1-38)passenger and rear seats have two modes ofoperation: WARNING. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) When fastening the seat belts, be. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) certain that seatbacks are completelyThe Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode secured in the latched position. If theyallows the seat belt to extend and retract to are not completely secured, passengersallow the driver and passengers some freedom1-10 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • quickly. The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement. If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any question about seat belt operation, see a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.Unfastening the seat belts Shoulder belt arm (for front seats)To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on the Before fastening the seat belt, adjust thebuckle. The seat belt automatically retracts. shoulder belt arm to the lock position where the belt fits snugly on the shoulder. The arm canChecking seat belt operation also be folded down to allow rear seatSeat belt retractors are designed to lock seat passengers easier access.belt movement by two separate methods: Pulling the arm forward will allow an easy access. When the belt is pulled quickly from the to the belt. retractor.. When the vehicle slows down rapidly.To increase your confidence in the seat belts,check the operation as follows:. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11
    • CHILD SAFETYSEAT BELT EXTENDERS collision or a sudden stop.If, because of body size or driving position, it is WARNINGnot possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE Do not allow children to play with theand fasten it, an extender that is compatible with . To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a seat belts. Most seating positions arethe installed seat belts is available that can be mild soap solution or any solution recom- equipped with Automatic Locking Re-purchased. The extender adds approximately 8 mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets. tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If thein (200 mm) of length and may be used for either Then, wipe with a cloth and allow the seat seat belt becomes wrapped around athe driver or front passenger seating position. belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the child’s neck with the ALR mode acti-See a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer for seat belts to retract until they are completely vated, the child can be seriously injuredassistance with purchasing an extender if an dry. or killed if the seat belt retracts andextender is required. becomes tight. This can occur even if . If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat WARNING guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat belt to release the child. If the seat belt belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder can not be unbuckled or is already . Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, belt guide with a clean, dry cloth. unbuckled, release the child by cutting made by the same company which . Periodically check to see that the seat the seat belt with a suitable tool (such made the original equipment seat belt and the metal components such as as a knife or scissors) to release the belts, should be used with the buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires seat belt. NISSAN seat belts. and anchors work properly. If loose parts, . Adults and children who can use the deterioration, cuts or other damage on the Children need adults to help protect them. standard seat belt should not use an webbing is found, the entire seat belt They need to be properly restrained. extender. Such unnecessary use assembly should be replaced. could result in serious personal In addition to the general information in this injury in the event of an accident. manual, child safety information is available from many other sources, including doctors, teachers, . Never use seat belt extenders to government traffic safety offices, and community install child restraints. If the child organizations. Every child is different, so be sure restraint is not secured properly, the to learn the best way to transport your child. child could be seriously injured in a There are three basic types of child restraint1-12 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • systems: restraints for infants and small children. SMALL CHILDREN. Rear-facing child restraint ( “Child restraints” page 1-14) Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle least 20 lb (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facing. Forward-facing child restraint by using either the LATCH (Lower Anchor and child restraint as long as possible up to the. Booster seat Tethers for CHildren) system or with the vehicle height or weight limit of the child restraint.The proper restraint depends on the child’s size. seat belt. ( “Child restraints” page 1-14) Children who outgrow the height or weight limitGenerally, infants (up to about 1 year and less NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens of the rear-facing child restraint and are at leastthan 20 lb (9 kg)) should be placed in rear- and children be restrained in the rear seat. 1 year old should be secured in a forward-facingfacing child restraints. Forward-facing child According to accident statistics, children child restraint with a harness. Refer to therestraints are available for children who outgrow are safer when properly restrained in the manufacturer’s instructions for minimum andrear-facing child restraints and are at least 1 rear seat than in the front seat. maximum weight and height recommendations.year old. Booster seats are used to help position NISSAN recommends that small children bea vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys- placed in child restraints that comply withlonger use a forward-facing child restraint. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or tem (air bag system) for the front passen- ger. ( “Supplemental restraint system” Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You WARNING page 1-31) should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer’s Infants and children need special pro- INFANTS instructions for installation and use. tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may not Infants up to at least one year old should be LARGER CHILDREN fit them properly. The shoulder belt may placed in a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN come too close to the face or neck. The Children should remain in a forward-facing child recommends that infants be placed in child lap belt may not fit over their small hip restraint with a harness until they reach the restraints that comply with Federal Motor bones. In an accident, an improperly maximum height or weight limit allowed by the Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor fitting seat belt could cause serious or child restraint manufacturer. Vehicle Safety Standards. You should choose a fatal injury. Always use appropriate Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit child restraint which fits your vehicle and always child restraints. of the harness-equipped forward-facing child follow the manufacturer’s instructions for instal- lation and use. restraint, NISSAN recommends that the child beAll U.S. states and Canadian provinces or placed in a commercially available booster seatterritories require the use of approved child to obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13
    • CHILD RESTRAINTSproperly, the booster seat should raise the child PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE-so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned STRAINTSacross the chest and the top, middle portion ofthe shoulder. The shoulder belt should not crossthe neck or face and should not fall off the WARNINGshoulder. The lap belt should lie snugly across . Failure to follow the warnings andthe lower hips or upper thighs, not the abdomen. instructions for proper use and in-A booster seat can only be used in seating stallation of child restraints couldpositions that have a three-point type seat belt. result in serious injury or death of aThe booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and child or other passengers in ahave a label certifying that it complies with sudden stop or collision:Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or — The child restraint must be usedCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. and installed properly. AlwaysOnce the child has grown so the shoulder belt follow all of the child restraintis no longer on or near the face and neck, and manufacturer’s instructions forthe lap belt can be positioned properly across installation and use.the lower hips or upper thighs use the seat beltwithout the booster seat. — Infants and children should never be held on anyone’s lap. Even the strongest adult cannot WARNING resist the forces of a collision. Never let a child stand or kneel on any — Do not put a seat belt around seat and do not allow a child in the both a child and another pas- cargo areas while the vehicle is moving. senger. The child could be seriously injured or — NISSAN recommends that all killed in an accident or sudden stop. child restraints be installed in the rear seat. Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than1-14 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • in the front seat. If you must front passenger seat. connected to these anchors. install a forward-facing child ( “Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren — Keep seatbacks as upright as restraint in the front seat. System (LATCH)” page 1-16) possible after fitting the child ( “Forward-facing child re- restraint. If you do not have a LATCH compatible child straint installation using the restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used. seat belts” page 1-24) — Infants and children should al- Several manufacturers offer child restraints for ways be placed in an appropri- infants and small children of various sizes. When— Even with the NISSAN Advanced ate child restraint while in the Air Bag System, never install a selecting any child restraint, keep the following vehicle. points in mind: rear-facing child restraint in the front seat. An inflating air bag . When the child restraint is not in . Choose only a restraint with a label certifying could seriously injure or kill a use, keep it secured with the LATCH that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle child. A rear-facing child re- system or a seat belt. In a sudden Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor straint must only be used in the stop or collision, loose objects can Vehicle Safety Standard 213. rear seat. injure occupants or damage the . Check the child restraint in your vehicle to vehicle.— Be sure to purchase a child be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s restraint that will fit the child seat and seat belt system. and vehicle. Some child re- . If the child restraint is compatible with your straints may not fit properly in CAUTION vehicle, place your child in the child restraint your vehicle. and check the various adjustments to be A child restraint in a closed vehicle can— Child restraint anchor points are become very hot. Check the seating sure the child restraint is compatible with designed to withstand loads surface and buckles before placing a your child. Choose a child restraint that is from child restraints that are child in the child restraint. designed for your child’s height and weight. properly fitted. Always follow all recommended procedures.— Never use the anchor points for This vehicle is equipped with a universal child All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or adult seat belts or harnesses. restraint anchor system, referred to as the territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child— A child restraint with a top tether LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil- restraint at all times while the vehicle is strap should not be used in the dren) system. Some child restraints include rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be being operated. Canadian law requires the Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15
    • top tether strap on forward-facing child LATCH lower anchorrestraints be secured to the designatedanchor point on the vehicle. WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installa- tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision: . Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration. LATCH label location . Inspect the lower anchors by insert- Lower Anchors and Tethers for ing your fingers into the lower anchor area. Feel to make sure CHildren System (LATCH) there are no obstructions over the Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor anchors such as seat belt webbing points that are used with the LATCH (Lower or seat cushion material. The child Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system restraint will not be secured prop- compatible child restraints. This system may erly if the lower anchors are ob- also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX structed. compatible system. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint.1-16 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • LATCH lower anchor location LATCH webbing-mounted attachment LATCH rigid attachmentLATCH lower anchor location Installing child restraint LATCH The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing child restraints with the LATCHThe LATCH anchors are located at the rear of lower anchor attachments lower anchor attachments or seat belts.the seat cushion near the seatback. A label is LATCH compatible child restraints include two When installing a child restraint, carefully readattached to the seatback to help you locate the rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can and follow the instructions in this manual andLATCH anchors. be connected to anchors located at certain those supplied with the child restraint. seating positions in your vehicle. With this WARNING system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint. Check your The GT-R has seats and seat belts for child restraint for a label stating that it is four occupants, two in the front seats compatible with LATCH. This information may and two in the rear seats. Never use the also be in the instructions provided by the child rear console as a seating position or for restraint manufacturer. a child restraint. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17
    • Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2 Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2Top tether anchor point locations 2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-Anchor points are located on the rear parcel ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkshelf. to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors.REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING LATCHRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Childsafety” and “Child restraints” sections beforeinstalling a child restraint.Follow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint using the LATCH system:1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufac- turer’s instructions.1-18 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • 5. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 4. Rear-facing — step 3 Rear-facing — step 43. For child restraints that are equipped with 4. After attaching the child restraint, test it webbing-mounted attachments, remove any before you place the child in it. Push it from additional slack from the anchor attach- side to side while holding the child restraint ments. Press downward and rearward firmly near the LATCH attachment path. The child in the center of the child restraint with your restraint should not move more than 1 inch hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it and seatback while tightening the webbing forward and check to see if the LATCH of the anchor attachments. attachment holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19
    • change the operation of the front passenger air bag. See “Front passen- ger air bag and status light” later in this section. Rear-facing — step 1REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in “CHILDINSTALLATION USING THE SEAT SAFETY” and “CHILD RESTRAINTS” beforeBELTS installing a child restraint. Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear WARNING seats: The three-point seat belt with Auto- 1. Child restraints for infants must be matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used in the rear-facing direction and used when installing a child restraint. therefore must not be used in the front Failure to use the ALR mode will result seat. Position the child restraint on the seat. in the child restraint not being properly Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s secured. The restraint could tip over or instructions. be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision. Also, it can1-20 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • Rear-facing — step 2 Rear-facing — step 3 Rear-facing — step 42. Route the seat belt tongue through the child 3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the restraint and insert it into the buckle until you extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) follow the child restraint manufacturer’s mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to the instructions for belt routing. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode when the seat belt is fully retracted. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21
    • 7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1 through 6. After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE- STRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and “Child restraints” sections before installing a child restraint. Rear-facing — step 5 Rear-facing — step 65. Remove any additional slack from the seat 6. After attaching the child restraint, test it Follow these steps to install a forward-facing belt; press downward and rearward firmly in before you place the child in it. Push it from child restraint using the LATCH system: the center of the child restraint to compress side to side while holding the child restraint 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while near the seat belt path. The child restraint Always follow the child restraint manufac- pulling up on the seat belt. should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), turer’s instructions. from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.1-22 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2 Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2 Forward-facing — step 42. Secure the child restraint anchor attach- 3. The back of the child restraint should be 4. For child restraints that are equipped with ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check secured against the vehicle seatback. webbing-mounted attachments, remove any to make sure the LATCH attachment is If the seating position is interfering with the additional slack from the anchor attach- properly attached to the lower anchors. proper child restraint fit, try another seating ments. Press downward and rearward firmly If the child restraint is equipped with a top position or a different child restraint. in the center of the child restraint with your tether strap, route the top tether strap and knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion secure the tether strap to the tether anchor and seatback while tightening the webbing point. See “Installing top tether strap” in this of the anchor attachments. section. Do not install child restraints that 5. Tighten the tether strap according to the require the use of a top tether strap in manufacturer’s instructions to remove any seating positions that do not have a top slack. tether anchor. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23
    • 7. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 6. FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE- STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS WARNING The three-point seat belt with Auto- matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Forward-facing — step 6 Failure to use the ALR mode will result Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 16. After attaching the child restraint, test it in the child restraint not being properly Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child before you place the child in it. Push it from secured. The restraint could tip over or safety” and “Child restraints” sections before side to side while holding the child restraint be loose and cause injury to a child in a installing a child restraint. near the LATCH attachment path. The child sudden stop or collision. Also, it can Follow these steps to install a forward-facing restraint should not move more than 1 inch change the operation of the front child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it passenger air bag. See “Front passen- rear seats or in the front passenger seat: forward and check to see if the LATCH ger air bag and status light” later in this 1. If you must install a child restraint in attachment holds the restraint in place. If the section. the front seat, it should be placed in a restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH forward-facing direction only. Move the attachment as necessary, or put the restraint seat to the rearmost position. Child in another seat and test it again. You may restraints for infants must be used in need to try a different child restraint. Not all the rear-facing direction and, therefore, child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. must not be used in the front seat.1-24 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • 2. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufac- turer’s instructions. The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback. If the seating position is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint. Forward-facing — step 3 Forward-facing — step 4 3. Route the seat belt tongue through the child 4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully restraint and insert it into the buckle until you extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) follow the child restraint manufacturer’s mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to instructions for belt routing. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode If the child restraint is equipped with a top when the seat belt is fully retracted. tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point (rear seat installation only) . ( “Installing top tether strap” page 1- 27) Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25
    • Forward-facing — step 5 Forward-facing — step 6 Forward-facing — step 85. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the 6. Remove any additional slack from the seat 8. After attaching the child restraint, test it shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. belt; press downward and rearward firmly in before you place the child in it. Push it from the center of the child restraint with your side to side while holding the child restraint knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion near the seat belt path. The child restraint and seatback while pulling up on the seat should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), belt. from side to side. Try to tug it forward and 7. Tighten the tether strap according to the check to see if the belt holds the restraint in manufacturer’s instructions to remove any place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten slack. the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.1-26 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • 9. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2 through 8. Forward-facing — step 10 10. If the child restraint is installed in the front INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP passenger seat, place the ignition switch in First, secure the child restraint with the LATCH the ON position. The front passenger air bag lower anchors (rear outboard seat positions status light should illuminate. If this light only) or the seat belt, as applicable. is not illuminated, see “Front passenger air 1. Flip up the anchor cover from the anchor bag and status light” in this section. Move point which is located directly behind the the child restraint to another seating child seat. position. Have the system checked by a 2. Position the top tether strap over the top of NISSAN dealer. the seatback. After the child restraint is removed and the seat 3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child point on the rear parcel shelf. restraint mode) is canceled. 4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint installation procedure steps earlier in this section before tightening the tether strap. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27
    • If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, consult a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer for details.BOOSTER SEATSPrecautions on booster seats WARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly, the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases: . Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child’s face Booster seats of various sizes are offered by . Make sure the child’s head will be properly and neck and the lap portion of the several manufacturers. When selecting any supported by the booster seat or vehicle belt does not cross the stomach. booster seat, keep the following points in mind: seat. The seatback must be at or above the . Choose only a booster seat with a label center of the child’s ears. For example, if a . Make sure the shoulder belt is not low back booster seat * is chosen, the 1 behind the child or under the child’s certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian vehicle seatback must be at or above the arm. center of the child’s ears. If the seatback is Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. . A booster seat must only be in- lower than the center of the child’s ears, a stalled in a seating position that has . Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be high back booster seat * should be used. 2 a lap/shoulder belt. sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat and seat belt system. . If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child. Always follow all recommended procedures.1-28 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • Booster seat installation CAUTION Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Auto- matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts. Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child safety”, “Child restraints” and “Booster seats” sections earlier in this section before installing a child restraint. Follow these steps to install a booster seat in theAll U.S. states and Canadian provinces or rear seat or in the front passenger seat: 1. If you must install a booster seat in theterritories require that infants and small front seat, move the seat to the rear-children be restrained in an approved child most position.restraint at all times while the vehicle is 2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Onlybeing operated. place it in a forward-facing direction. AlwaysThe instructions in this section apply to booster follow the booster seat manufacturer’sseat installation in the rear seats or the front instructions.passenger seat. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29
    • Outboard position Front seat3. The booster seat should be positioned on 5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt 7. If the booster seat is installed in the front the vehicle seat so that it is stable. If the toward the retractor to take up extra slack. passenger seat, push the ignition switch to seating position is interfering with the proper Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate booster seat fit, try another seating position across the top, middle portion of the child’s or a different booster seat. shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat depending on the size of the child and the manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the type of booster seat used. ( “Front4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low belt routing. passenger air bag and status light” page and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to 1-38) follow the booster seat manufacturer’s 6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc- instructions for adjusting the belt routing. tions for properly fastening a seat belt. ( “Three-point type seat belt with re- tractor” page 1-8)1-30 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM occupants in the front seating positions inPRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL certain side impact collisions. The curtain airRESTRAINT SYSTEM bags are designed to inflate on the side whereThis Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) the vehicle is impacted.section contains important information concern- These supplemental restraint systems are de-ing the following systems: signed to supplement the crash protection. Driver and passenger supplemental front- provided by the driver and passenger seat belts impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag and are not a substitute for them. Seat belts System) should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- the steering wheel, instrument panel and door mental air bag finishers. ( “Seat belts” page 1-6). Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple- The supplemental air bags operate only mental air bag when the ignition switch is in the ON. Seat belt pretensioner position.Supplemental front-impact air bag system: After pushing the ignition switch to the ONThe NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can position, the supplemental air bag warninghelp cushion the impact force to the head and light illuminates. The supplemental air bagchest of the driver and front passenger in certain warning light will turn off after about 7frontal collisions. seconds if the systems are operational.Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the chest area of thedriver and front passenger in certain side impactcollisions. The side air bags are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the head of Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31
    • WARNING . The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact, rear impact, rollover, or lower se- verity frontal collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents. . The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied. Sit upright and well back. ( “Front passenger air bag and status light” page 1-38) . The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat. The front air bags inflate with great force. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, if you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sit- ting sideways or out of position in any way, you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash. You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates. Always sit Sit upright and well back.1-32 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • back against the seatback and as crease the risk of hand injury if the far-away as practical from the steer- supplemental front air bag inflates. ing wheel or instrument panel. Al- ways use the seat belts.. The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened. The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags as needed. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.. The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classifi- cation sensor (pattern sensor) that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions. This sensor is only used in this seat. Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident. ( “Front passenger air bag and status light” page 1-38). Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel. Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could in- Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33
    • WARNING . Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window. Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms. Some examples of dangerous riding posi- tions are shown in the illustrations. . Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags, side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained. Pre-teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat, if possible. . Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rear- facing child restraint in the front seat. An inflating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child. ( “Child re- straints” page 1-14)1-34 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • WARNING Front seat-mounted side-impact sup- plemental air bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag: . The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact, rear im- pact, rollover or lower severity side collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kindsDo not lean against doors or windows. Do not lean against doors or windows. of accidents. . The seat belts, side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate with great force. Do not allow anyone to place their hand, leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seat to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door. Some examples of dangerous riding posi- Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35
    • tions are shown in the previous illustrations. . When sitting in the rear seat, do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat. If the supplemental side air bag inflates, you may be seriously injured. Be especially careful with children, who should always be properly restrained. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations. . Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks. They may interfere with side air bag inflation. 1. Crash zone sensor 5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental 2. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules air bag inflators (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System) 6. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor) 3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air 7. Occupant classification system control unit bags 8. Satellite sensors 4. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental 9. Seat belt pretensioners air bags 10. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)1-36 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS- passenger, the occupant classification sensor is Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,TEM (front seats) also monitored. Based on information from the help to cushion the impact force on the head sensors, only one front air bag may inflate in a and chest of the front occupants. They can helpThis vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN crash, depending on the crash severity and save lives and reduce serious injuries. However,Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and whether the front occupants are belted or an inflating front air bag may cause facialfront passenger seats. This system is designed unbelted. Additionally, the front passenger air abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags doto meet certification requirements under U.S. bag may be automatically turned OFF under not provide restraint to the lower body.regulations. It is also permitted in Canada. some conditions, depending on the information Even with NISSAN advanced air bags, seatHowever, all of the information, cautions provided by the occupant classification sensor. belts should be correctly worn and the driverand warnings in this manual still apply and If the front passenger air bag is OFF, the and passenger seated upright as far as practicalmust be followed. passenger air bag status light will be illuminated away from the steering wheel or instrumentThe driver supplemental front-impact air bag is (if the seat is unoccupied, the light will not be panel. The front air bags inflate quickly in orderlocated in the center of the steering wheel. The illuminated, but the air bag will be off). One front to help protect the front occupants. Because offront passenger supplemental front-impact air air bag inflating does not indicate improper this, the force of the front air bag inflating canbag is mounted in the instrument panel above performance of the system. ( “Front pas- increase the risk of injury if the occupant is toothe glove box. The front air bags are designed to senger air bag and status light” page 1-38) close to, or is against, the air bag module duringinflate in higher severity frontal collisions, If you have any questions about your air bag inflation.although they may inflate if the forces in another system, contact NISSAN or a GT-R certified The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.type of collision are similar to those of a higher NISSAN dealer. If you are considering modifica-severity frontal impact. They may not inflate in The front air bags operate only when the tion of your vehicle due to a disability, you may ignition switch is in the ON position.certain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack also contact NISSAN. Contact information isof it) is not always an indication of proper front After pushing the ignition switch to the ON contained in the front of this Owner’s Manual. position, the supplemental air bag warningair bag operation. When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise light illuminates. The supplemental air bagThe NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has may be heard, followed by release of smoke.dual stage air bag inflators. The system monitors warning light will turn off after about 7 This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate seconds if the system is operational.information from the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itseat belt buckle sensors and the occupant may cause irritation and choking. Those with aclassification sensor (pattern sensor). Inflator history of a breathing condition should get freshoperation is based on the severity of a collision air promptly.and seat belt usage for the driver. For the front Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37
    • increase the risk or severity of injury in Front passenger air bag: an accident. The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described Status light: below as permitted by U.S. regulations. If the The front passenger air bag status light is front passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate located on the center instrument panel. After the in a crash. The driver air bag and other air bags ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the in your vehicle are not part of this system. front passenger air bag status light on the The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce instrument panel illuminates for about 7 seconds the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag and then turns off or operates depending on the to certain front passenger seat occupants, such front passenger seat occupied status. The light as children, by requiring the air bag to be operates as follows: automatically turned OFF. . Unoccupied passenger seat: The is The occupant classification sensor (pattern Front passenger air bag status light OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF sensor) is in the front passenger seat cushionFront passenger air bag and status and will not inflate in a crash. and is designed to detect an occupant andlight . Passenger seat occupied by a small adult, objects on the seat. For example, if a child is in child or child restraint as outlined in this the front passenger seat, the Advanced Air Bag WARNING section: The illuminates to indicate that System is designed to turn the passenger air the front passenger air bag is OFF and will bag OFF in accordance with the regulations. The front passenger air bag is designed not inflate in a crash. Also, if a child restraint of the type specified in to automatically turn OFF under some the regulations is on the seat, the occupant . Occupied passenger seat and the passen- classification sensor can detect it and cause the conditions. Read this section carefully ger meets the conditions outlined in this air bag to turn OFF. to learn how it operates. Proper use of section: The light is OFF to indicate the seat, seat belt and child restraints is Front passenger seat adult occupants who are that the front passenger air bag is opera- necessary for most effective protection. properly seated and using the seat belt as tional. Failure to follow all instructions in this outlined in this manual should not cause the manual concerning the use of seats, passenger air bag to be automatically turned seat belts and child restraints can OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF,1-38 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat classification sensor. Other conditions could rear seat.properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by also result in air bag inflation, such as if a child is If the passenger air bag status light will notsitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise standing on the seat, or if two children are on the illuminate even though you believe that the childbeing out of position), this could cause the seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual. restraint, the seat belts and the occupant aresensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sure Always be sure that you and all vehicle properly positioned, the system may be sensingto be seated and wearing the seat belt properly occupants are seated and restrained properly. an unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag isfor the most effective protection by the seat belt Using the passenger air bag status light, you can OFF). Your GT-R certified NISSAN dealer canand supplemental air bag. monitor when the front passenger air bag is check that the system is OFF by using a specialNISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil- automatically turned OFF with the seat occu- tool. However, until you have confirmed withdren be properly restrained in a rear seat. pied. The light will not illuminate when the front your dealer that your air bag is working properly,NISSAN also recommends that appropriate passenger seat is unoccupied. reposition the occupant or child restraint in achild restraints and booster seats be properly If an adult occupant is in the seat but the rear seat.installed in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the passenger air bag status light is illuminated The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System andoccupant classification sensor is designed to (indicating that the air bag is OFF), it could be passenger air bag status light will take a fewoperate as described above to turn the front that the person is a small adult, or is not sitting seconds to register a change in the passengerpassenger air bag OFF for specified child on the seat properly. seat status. However, if the seat becomesrestraints. Failing to properly secure child If a child restraint must be used in the front seat, unoccupied, the air bag status light will remainrestraints and to use the Automatic Locking the passenger air bag status light may or may off.Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode) not be illuminated, depending on the size of the If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger airmay allow the restraint to tip or move in an child and the type of child restraint being used. If bag system, the supplemental air bag warningaccident or sudden stop. This can also result in the passenger air bag status light is not light , located in the meter and gauges areathe passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead illuminated (indicating that the air bag might will blink. Have the system checked by a GT-Rof being OFF. ( “Child restraints” page 1- inflate in a crash), it could be that the child certified NISSAN dealer.14) restraint or seat belt is not being used properly.If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the Make sure that the child restraint is installedpassenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a properly, the seat belt is used properly and thecrash. However, heavy objects placed on the occupant is positioned properly. If the passen-seat could result in air bag inflation, because of ger air bag status light is still not illuminated,the object being detected by the occupant reposition the occupant or child restraint in a Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39
    • Other supplemental front air bag bag system and result in serious . Modifying or tampering with theprecautions personal injury. front passenger seat may result in . Immediately after inflation, several serious personal injury. For exam- WARNING front air bag system components ple, do not change the front seats by will be hot. Do not touch them; you placing material on the seat cushion . Do not place any objects on the may severely burn yourself. or by installing additional trim ma- steering wheel pad or on the instru- terial, such as seat covers, on the . No unauthorized changes should be seat that is not specifically designed ment panel. Also, do not place any made to any components or wiring to assure proper air bag operation. objects between any occupant and of the supplemental air bag system. Additionally, do not stow any ob- the steering wheel or instrument This is to prevent accidental infla- jects under the front passenger seat panel. Such objects may become tion of the supplemental air bag or or the seat cushion and seatback. dangerous projectiles and cause damage to the supplemental air bag Such objects may interfere with the injury if the front air bag inflates. system. proper operation of the occupant . Do not place objects with sharp . Do not make unauthorized changes classification sensor. edges on the seat. Also, do not to your vehicle’s electrical system, . No unauthorized changes should be place heavy objects on the seat that suspension system or front end made to any components or wiring will leave permanent impressions in structure. This could affect proper of the seat belt system. This may the seat. Such objects can damage operation of the front air bag sys- affect the front air bag system. the seat or occupant classification tem. Tampering with the seat belt system sensor (pattern sensor). This can affect the operation of the air bag . Tampering with the supplemental may result in serious personal in- system and result in serious perso- air bag system may result in serious jury. nal injury. personal injury. Tampering includes . Work on and around the front air . Do not use water or acidic cleaners changes to the steering wheel and bag system should be done by a the instrument panel assembly by GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. In- (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. placing material over the steering stallation of electrical equipment This can damage the seat or occu- wheel pad and above the instrument should also be done by a GT-R pant classification sensor. This can panel or by installing additional trim certified NISSAN dealer. The Sup- also affect the operation of the air material around the air bag system. plemental Restraint System (SRS)1-40 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • wiring harnesses* should not be designed to inflate in higher severity side modified or disconnected. Un- collisions, although they may inflate if the forces authorized electrical test equipment in another type of collision are similar to those of and probing devices should not be a higher severity side impact. They are designed used on the air bag system. to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. They may not inflate in certain side . A cracked windshield should be collisions. replaced immediately by a qualified Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an repair facility. A cracked windshield indication of proper side air bag and curtain air could affect the function of the bag operation. supplemental air bag system. When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed* The SRS wiring harness connectors are by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmfulyellow and orange for easy identification. and does not indicate a fire. Care should beWhen selling your vehicle, we request that you taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritationinform the buyer about the front air bag system FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM- and choking. Those with a history of a breathingand guide the buyer to the appropriate sections PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG condition should get fresh air promptly.in this Owner’s Manual. AND ROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN Front side air bags, along with the use of seat SIDE-IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR belts, help to cushion the impact force on the BAG SYSTEMS chest of the front occupants. Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of The front side air bags are located in the outside occupants in the front seating positions. They of the seatback of the front seats. The curtain air can help save lives and reduce serious injuries. bags are located in the side roof rails. These However, an inflating side air bag and curtain air systems are designed to meet voluntary guide- bag may cause abrasions or other injuries. Side lines to help reduce the risk of injury to out-of- air bags and curtain air bags do not provide position occupants. However, all of the restraint to the lower body. information, cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed. The seat belts should be correctly worn and the The side air bags and curtain air bags are driver and passenger seated upright as far as Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41
    • practical away from the side air bags. The side bag and curtain air bag system equipment should also be done byair bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in components will be hot. Do not a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. Theorder to help protect occupants. Because of touch them; you may severely burn SRS wiring harnesses* should notthis, the force of the side air bags and curtain air yourself. be modified or disconnected. Un-bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the authorized electrical test equipmentoccupant is too close to, or is against, these air . No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring and probing devices should not bebag modules during inflation. The side air bags used on the side air bag and curtainand curtain air bags will deflate quickly after the of the side air bags and curtain air bags. This is to prevent damage to air bag systems.collision is over. or accidental inflation of the side airThe side air bags and curtain air bags operate * The SRS wiring harness connectors are bag and curtain air bag systems.only when the ignition switch is in the ON yellow and orange for easy identification.position. . Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle’s electrical system, When selling your vehicle, we request that youAfter pushing the ignition switch to the ON inform the buyer about the side air bag andposition, the supplemental air bag warning suspension system or side panel. This could affect proper operation curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer tolight illuminates. The air bag warning light the appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.will turn off after about 7 seconds if the of the side air bag and curtain airsystems are operational. bag systems. SEAT BELTS WITH PRETEN- . Tampering with the side air bag SIONERS (front seats) WARNING system may result in serious perso- nal injury. For example, do not WARNING . Do not place any objects near the change the front seat by placing seatback of the front seats. Also, do material near the seatback or by . The pretensioners cannot be reused not place any objects (an umbrella, installing additional trim material, after activation. They must be re- bag, etc.) between the front door such as seat covers, around the side placed together with the retractor finisher and the front seat. Such air bags. and buckle as a unit. objects may become dangerous . Work around and on the side air bag projectiles and cause injury if a side . If the vehicle becomes involved in a and curtain air bag systems should collision but the pretensioner is not air bag inflates. be done by a GT-R certified NISSAN activated, be sure to have the pre- . Right after inflation, several side air dealer. Installation of electrical tensioner system checked and, if1-42 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • necessary, replaced by a GT-R certi- helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle fied NISSAN dealer. becomes involved in certain types of collisions, helping to restrain front seat occupants. . No unauthorized changes should be The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt made to any components or wiring retractor. These seat belts are used the same of the pretensioners. This is to way as conventional seat belts. When a preten- prevent damage to or accidental sioner activates, smoke is released and a loud activation of the pretensioners. noise may be heard. The smoke is not harmful, Tampering with the pretensioner and it does not indicate a fire. Care should be system may result in serious perso- taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation nal injury. and choking. Those with a history of a breathing . Work around and on the preten- condition should get fresh air promptly. sioners should be done by a GT-R After pretensioner activation, load limiters allow certified NISSAN dealer. Installation the seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to of electrical equipment should also reduce forces against the chest. be done by a GT-R certified NISSAN The supplemental air bag warning light is SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARN- dealer. Unauthorized electrical test used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner ING LABELS equipment and probing devices system. (See Warning labels about the supplemental front- “Supplemental air bag warn- should not be used on the preten- impact air bag are placed in the vehicle as ing light” page 1-44 for more details.) If the sioners. shown in the illustration. operation of the supplemental air bag warning . If you need to dispose of a preten- light indicates there is a malfunction, have the sioner or scrap the vehicle, contact a system checked by a GT-R certified NISSAN * SRS air bag 1 GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. Incor- dealer. The warning labels are located on the surface of rect disposal procedures could When selling your vehicle, we request that you the sun visors. cause personal injury. inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsThe pretensioner system may activate with the in this Owner’s Manual.supplemental air bag system in certain types ofcollisions. Working with the seat belt retractor, it Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43
    • This means the SRS air bag systems are ble. operational. If any of the following conditions occur, the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and/or REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO- pretensioner systems need servicing: CEDURE . The supplemental air bag warning light The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags remains on approximately 7 seconds after and pretensioners are designed to activate on a the ignition switch is pushed to the ON one-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless it is position. damaged, the supplemental air bag warning light . The supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has oc- flashes intermittently. curred. Repair and replacement of these sys- tems should be done only by a GT-R certified . The supplemental air bag warning light does NISSAN dealer. not come on at all. When maintenance work is required on the Under these conditions, the front air bag, side air vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtainSUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARN- bag, curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may air bags, pretensioners and related parts shouldING LIGHT not operate properly. They must be checked and be pointed out to the person conducting theThe supplemental air bag warning light, display- repaired. Take your vehicle to the nearest GT-R maintenance. The ignition switch should alwaysing in the instrument panel, monitors the certified NISSAN dealer. be in the LOCK position when working undercircuits of the supplemental front-impact air bag, the hood or inside the vehicle.front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental WARNINGair bag, roof-mounted curtain side-impact sup-plemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner If the supplemental air bag warning WARNINGsystems. The monitored circuits include the air light is on, it could mean that the front . Once a front air bag, side air bag, orbag systems, pretensioners and all related air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag curtain air bag has inflated, the airwirings. and/or pretensioners will not operate in bag module will not function againWhen the ignition switch is in the ON position, an accident. To help avoid injury to and must be replaced. Additionally,the supplemental air bag warning light illumi- yourself or others, have your vehicle the activated pretensioners mustnates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. checked by a dealer as soon as possi- also be replaced. The air bag mod-1-44 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • ule and pretensioners should be replaced by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. The air bag module and pretensioners cannot be repaired.. The front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and the pretensioner should be inspected by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle.. If you need to dispose of a supple- mental air bag or a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle, contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45
    • MEMO1-46 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
    • 2 Instruments and controlsCockpit ....................................................................................... 2-3 Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders .......... 2-24Instrument panel ....................................................................... 2-4 Checking bulbs ............................................................. 2-24Meters and gauges .................................................................. 2-5 Warning lights ................................................................ 2-24 Speedometer ....................................................................... 2-6 Indicator lights ............................................................... 2-61 Odometer/twin trip odometer ......................................... 2-6 Audible reminders ......................................................... 2-31 Tachometer .......................................................................... 2-7 Warning display .................................................................... 2-32 Engine coolant temperature gauge ............................... 2-7 Engine oil low pressure warning ............................... 2-33 Fuel gauge ........................................................................... 2-8 Engine system warning ............................................... 2-33 Transmission position indicator ...................................... 2-8 Shift lever position warning ........................................ 2-34 Upshift indicator ................................................................. 2-9 Transmission system warning .................................... 2-34 Instrument brightness control ...................................... 2-11 Transmission oil high temperature warning ............ 2-34Vehicle information display ................................................. 2-11 Transmission clutch high temperature warning ..... 2-35 Engine oil level display ................................................... 2-12 Parking brake release warning .................................. 2-35 Transmission system check display ............................ 2-13 Low brake fluid warning .............................................. 2-35Drive computer ...................................................................... 2-14 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning .............. 2-36 Current fuel consumption ............................................. 2-15 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) Vehicle speed ................................................................... 2-15 system warning .............................................................. 2-36 Cruise control ................................................................... 2-15 AWD clutch high temperature warning ................... 2-36 Average fuel consumption and speed ....................... 2-16 Front/rear tire size discrepancy warning ................. 2-37 Elapsed time and trip odometer .................................. 2-16 AWD system warning .................................................. 2-37 Distance to empty ........................................................... 2-17 Low tire pressure warning .......................................... 2-38 Outside air temperature ................................................ 2-17 Run-flat tire warning ..................................................... 2-38 Setting (drive computer) ............................................... 2-18 Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning (drive computer) ............................................. 2-23 (TPMS) warning ............................................................ 2-38
    • Cruise control system warning .................................... 2-39 Heated seats (if so equipped) .......................................... 2-53 Low fuel warning ............................................................. 2-39 Turning on the heaters ................................................. 2-53 Door/trunk open warning .............................................. 2-40 Turning off the heaters ................................................. 2-53 Low washer fluid warning ............................................. 2-40 Power outlets ........................................................................ 2-54 No key warning ................................................................ 2-40 Storage ................................................................................... 2-55Operation displays ................................................................ 2-41 Cup holders .................................................................... 2-55 Engine start operation indicator .................................. 2-41 Sunglasses holder ........................................................ 2-56 Shift “P” warning ............................................................. 2-42 Door pocket .................................................................... 2-57 “PUSH” warning .............................................................. 2-42 Glove box ........................................................................ 2-57 Steering lock release malfunction indicator ............. 2-42 Console box ................................................................... 2-58 Intelligent Key insertion indicator ................................ 2-43 Coat hooks ..................................................................... 2-58 Intelligent Key removal indicator .................................. 2-43 Windows ................................................................................ 2-59 Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator ................ 2-43 Power windows ............................................................. 2-59Security systems ................................................................... 2-44 Interior lights .......................................................................... 2-61 Vehicle security system ................................................. 2-44 Map lights ....................................................................... 2-61 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ......................... 2-45 Interior light control switch ......................................... 2-62Windshield wiper and washer switch .............................. 2-46 Vanity mirror lights ................................................................ 2-63 Using the wipers ............................................................. 2-47 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver .................................... 2-63 Using the washer ............................................................ 2-48 Programming HomeLink® ............................................ 2-64Rear window defroster switch ........................................... 2-48 Programming HomeLink® forHeadlight and turn signal switch ...................................... 2-49 Canadian customers .................................................... 2-65 Xenon headlights ............................................................. 2-49 Operating the HomeLink® universal transceiver ... 2-65 Headlight switch .............................................................. 2-49 Programming trouble-diagnosis ................................ 2-65Hazard warning flasher switch .......................................... 2-52 Clearing the programmed information ..................... 2-66Horn .......................................................................................... 2-53 Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button ......... 2-66 If your vehicle is stolen ................................................ 2-66
    • COCKPIT 11. Horn (P.2-53) 12. Tilting/telescopic steering wheel lever (P.3-26) 13. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-9) 14. Parking brake (P.5-33, P.5-45) 15. Shift lever (P.5-15) *: Refer to the separate Multi Function Display Owner’s Manual.1. Headlight and turn signal switch (P.2-49) 6. Windshield wiper and washer switch (P.2-46)2. Paddle shifters (P.5-15) 7. VDC, transmission and suspension set up3. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)* switches (P.5-24)4. Meters and gauges (P.2-5) 8. Trunk lid release switch (P.3-20)5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side) 9. Hood release handle (P.3-18) — MRK (Mark) switch* 10. Intelligent Key port (P.5-11) — Cruise control (P.5-34) Instruments and controls 2-3
    • INSTRUMENT PANEL 13. Trunk release power cancel switch (P.3-21) *: Refer to the separate Multi Function Display Owner’s Manual.1. Outside mirror control switch (P.3-28) 7. Glove box (P.2-57)2. Center dial* 8. Fuse box cover (P.8-23)3. Audio system* 9. Power outlet (P.2-54)4. Heater and air conditioner* 10. Rear window defroster switch (P.2-48)5. Multi function display* 11. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-38)6. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-52) 12. Compact Disc slot*2-4 Instruments and controls
    • METERS AND GAUGES NOTE: . Meters and gauges will illuminate when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position. . The needle indicators may move slightly after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position. This does not indicate that there is a malfunction.1. Trip A/B reset switch (P.2-6) 7. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-11)2. Speedometer (P.2-6) 8. Vehicle information display (P.2-11)3. Tachometer (P.2-7)/Upshift indicator (P.2-9) 9. Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-6)4. Transmission position indicator (P.2-8) 10. Fuel gauge (P.2-8)5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-7) 11. NEXT switch (P.2-14)6. ENTER switch (P.2-14) Instruments and controls 2-5
    • RESET switch for more than 1 second. NOTE: When the battery is disconnected, the memory for trips & and & is erased, A B and both return to zero.SPEEDOMETER ODOMETER/TWIN TRIP OD-The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed. OMETER The odometer * indicates the total distance 1 that the vehicle has been driven. The twin trip odometer * indicates the 2 distance of individual trips. Changing the display Push the TRIP A/B RESET switch to change between trips & and &. A B Resetting the trip odometer To reset a trip, display the trip that you want to reset to zero, then push and hold the TRIP A/B2-6 Instruments and controls
    • NOTICE If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature near the hot (H) end of the normal range, reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature. If gauge is over the normal range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible. If the engine is overheated, continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the en- gine. ( “If your vehicle overheats” page 6-7)TACHOMETER ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREThe tachometer indicates the engine speed in GAUGErevolutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev the The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem-engine into the red zone * . 1 perature. The engine coolant temperature is within the NOTICE normal range when the gauge needle points within the zone * shown in the illustration. 1 When engine speed approaches the red The engine coolant temperature varies with the zone, shift to a higher gear or reduce outside air temperature and driving conditions. engine speed. Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage. Instruments and controls 2-7
    • the fuel gauge needle reaches “E”. ( “Low fuel warning” page 2-39) The indicates that the fuel-filler door is located on the passenger’s side of the vehicle. ( “Fuel-filler door” page 3-23) NOTE: If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon as possible. After a few driving trips, the light should turn off. If the light remains on after a few driving trips, have the vehicle inspected by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. ( “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”FUEL GAUGE page 2-30) TRANSMISSION POSITION INDICA-The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level TORin the tank. The transmission position indicator indicates theThe gauge may move slightly during braking, gear positions.turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills. The indicator blinks if it is not possible to shiftThe gauge needle returns to E (Empty) after the the gear when in the & position. Mignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position.Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters “E” (Empty).The low fuel warning will be indicated on thevehicle information display when the fuel tank isgetting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,preferably before the gauge reaches “E”. Therewill be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when2-8 Instruments and controls
    • 1. Upshift indicator (green)2. Upshift indicator (yellow)3. Upshift indicator (red)UPSHIFT INDICATORWhen the upshift indicator is set to on, theindicators on the tachometer will illuminate tohelp upshift at a constant engine speed from anygear or to warn the driver of over-revving.The upshift indicator operates only when theshift lever is in the & position. This function Mconsists of two modes that can be selected onthe vehicle information display: AUTO settingand MANUAL setting. Instruments and controls 2-9
    • to go to ALERT > UPSHIFT. The current 5,500 RPM and illuminates at 6,000 RPM. status of the upshift indicator will be shown on When breaking-in the vehicle: the UPSHIFT screen. Note that the function is set to AUTO as the factory default setting. To help avoid high engine speeds during break- in, set the upshift indicator to less than 3,500 To change the upshift indicator mode, choose RPM. The green indicator starts flashing ap- SETTING on the UPSHIFT screen. Set one of proximately 500 RPM before the set figure and the following modes by pushing the NEXT illuminates from the set figure. ( “Break-in switch , and then push ENTER to schedule” page 5-39) complete. . AUTO NOTE: . There may be a slight difference be- . 3,000 to 6,300 RPM (MANUAL) tween the timing of the upshift indica- . OFF tor illumination and the tachometer The number will increase by 100 RPM. To indication. increase the number by 500 RPM, push and . When the battery terminal is discon- hold the NEXT switch . nected, the set memory will be erased and the mode returns to the default. Example When the maximum engine speed is desired: Set the upshift indicator to AUTO. The yellow indicator illuminates approximately 700 RPM before the red zone, and the red indicatorSetting illuminates just before the red zone.Push the ignition switch to the ON position. Usethe ENTER switch and toggle the vehicle When the maximum engine torque isinformation display to show the SETTING desired:screen. Set the figure at 6,000 RPM. The greenUse the NEXT switch and ENTER switch indicator starts flashing from approximately2-10 Instruments and controls
    • VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY NOTE: The vehicle information display can display the . The instrument brightness can be ad- following information. justed separately for daytime and nighttime conditions. The adjusted set- . Engine oil level display tings are automatically stored. . Transmission system check display . When the battery terminal is discon- . Instrument brightness control level display nected, the set memory will be erased ( “Instrument brightness control” page and the setting returns to the default. 2-11) . Drive computer ( “Drive computer” page 2-14) . Warning display ( “Warning display” page 2-32) . Operation displayINSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CON- ( “Operation displays” page 2-41)TROL . Cruise control displayThe instrument brightness can be adjusted ( “Cruise control” page 5-34)when the ignition switch is in the ON position.Push the switch to adjust the brightness up * 1or down * . The brightness level is shown on 2the vehicle information display.When the headlights are on, the brightness ofthe interior switches is also adjusted at the sametime. Instruments and controls 2-11
    • ENGINE OIL LEVEL DISPLAY NOTE: When the oil level is lowWhen the ignition switch is pushed to the ON The engine oil level can be displayed after If the message shown above is displayed, theposition, the engine oil status before starting the the “OIL LEVEL OK” display turns off or engine oil level is low.engine is indicated as illustrated. while the engine is started and running. Warm up the engine in a level location. After at ( “Maintenance” page 2-20) least 5 minutes have passed since engine stop,When the oil level is normal use the engine oil dipstick to check the oil level.“OIL LEVEL OK” is displayed. Push the dis- ( “Engine oil” page 8-12)played LEVEL switch to check the oil level. If the oil level is low, have additional engine oil added, or the oil changed, at a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.2-12 Instruments and controls
    • NOTICEIf the vehicle is in a location that is notlevel, accurate measurement of the oillevel may not be possible. If “OIL LEVELLOW ” is displayed, but the level shownby the oil dipstick is normal, move thevehicle to a level location and stop theengine. After at least 5 minutes havepassed, open the driver’s door and pushthe ignition switch back to ON. If the“OIL LEVEL LOW” message appearsagain, have engine oil added or the oilchanged. When the oil level sensor malfunc- TRANSMISSION SYSTEM CHECK tion occurs DISPLAY If the message shown above is displayed, the This is displayed after the engine is started while engine oil level sensor may be malfunctioning. the transmission system is being checked. It Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer im- turns off after a few seconds. mediately. NOTE: . During the system check, the shift lever cannot be moved out of the & position. P Operate the shift lever after the system check indicator turns off. . The shift lever cannot be moved if the shift lever button is pushed while the system check is being performed, even Instruments and controls 2-13
    • DRIVE COMPUTER after the system check is finished. . Setting Release the button and push it again . Warning to operate the shift lever. The vehicle information display * can be 3. During winter or at other times when changed when the ignition switch is in the ON the temperature is extremely low, position. Push the ENTER switch * to 1 changes in the hydraulic response change the display. characteristic s may increase the amount of time that is required for the NOTE: system check. During the system check, . The cruise control display is shown if a thudding operating noise may occur cruise control is set. ( “Cruise con- or the engine speed may decrease, trol” page 5-34) however this does not indicate that . The warning display is not shown if there is a malfunction. there are no conditions to warn the driver. 1. ENTER switch . Depending on the driving conditions 2. NEXT switch and other factors, the displayed values 3. Vehicle information display may differ from the actual values. The drive computer displays the following . The position of the speedometer nee- information: dle and the speed shown in the vehicle . Current fuel consumption information display may slightly differ. . Vehicle speed . Cruise control . Average fuel consumption and speed . Elapsed time and trip computer . Distance to empty . Outside air temperature2-14 Instruments and controls
    • CURRENT FUEL CONSUMPTION VEHICLE SPEED CRUISE CONTROLThe current fuel economy is displayed when This displays the vehicle speed while driving. This displays the set cruise control status.driving. NOTE: The cruise control display is shown if cruise control is set. ( “Cruise control” page 5-34) Instruments and controls 2-15
    • NOTE: . “ ” is displayed during the first 1/3 mile (500 m) or the first 30 seconds after a reset. . The values are updated approximately every 30 seconds.AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTION ELAPSED TIME AND TRIP OD-AND SPEED OMETERThis displays the average fuel economy and This displays the elapsed time and trip odometeraverage vehicle speed beginning from the time beginning from the time when the display waswhen the display was last reset. last reset.To reset the display, push and hold the NEXT To reset the display, push and hold the NEXTswitch for more than 1 second. (The switch for more than 1 second. (Theaverage fuel economy and average vehicle elapsed time and trip odometer are reset atspeed are reset at the same time.) the same time.)2-16 Instruments and controls
    • on the driving conditions. This does not indicate that there is a malfunction. . The values are updated approximately every 30 seconds.DISTANCE TO EMPTY OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATUREThis displays the approximate distance that the This displays the outside air temperature.vehicle can be driven based on the amount of NOTE:fuel remaining in the fuel tank and the actual fuelconsumption. . The outside air temperature may not be displayed correctly in the followingNOTE: cases.. If the fuel level is low, the low fuel — The outside air temperature is lower warning will be displayed. ( “Low than −228F (−308C) or is higher than fuel warning” page 2-39) 1318F (558C).. If the vehicle is not refueled after the — The vehicle is stopped or is driving low fuel warning appears, the display at a low speed (less than approxi- will change to “ ”. This change mately 12 MPH (20 km/h)). timing may become earlier depending — The temperature in the engine com- Instruments and controls 2-17
    • partment is high. NOTE: . When the battery terminal is discon-. When the outside air temperature is nected, the set memory will be erased lower than 378F (38C), the low outside and the settings return to the default. temperature warning will be displayed and “ICY” is indicated on the outside . Setting is not possible in the following air temperature display. ( “Alert” cases. page 2-19) — The vehicle is being driven. — A warning display is active. — The instrument brightness control level display is active. — The cruise control status is dis- played. SETTING (drive computer) This is used to set the alert, maintenance and optional settings. Use the NEXT switch to select an item, then confirm with the ENTER switch to change to the corresponding setting screen. To return to the initial setting screen, push and hold the ENTER switch for more than 1 second.2-18 Instruments and controls
    • Alert “TIMER” indicator: Low outside temperature warning:This function can be used to make settings for This alert informs the driver that the set driving This alert informs the driver when the outside airthe upshift indicator, “time to rest” indicator and time has elapsed. temperature is lower than 378F (38C).low outside temperature warning. On the TIMER screen, push the NEXT switch On the ICY screen, push the NEXT switch to change the time. Push and hold the to turn this warning ON/OFF.Upshift indicator: switch to increase the number every 1 hour. AFor details concerning the upshift indicator, refer NOTE: maximum of 6 hours can be set.to the following section. ( “Upshift indica- The default setting is ON.tor” page 2-9) NOTE: The default setting is OFF. Instruments and controls 2-19
    • Input the maintenance distance using the following items: . On each setting screen, push the NEXT switch to change the mileage. Push and hold the switch to increase the number every 600 miles (1,000 km). . Set to “—” to set no reminders. . To reset the accumulated mileage to zero, go to the RESET screen, then push the NEXT switch and confirm with the ENTER switch . NOTE: . To restore the mileage to the originalMaintenance figure after resetting, push the NEXT Engine oil level: switch again. This can be used to check the pre-start oil levelThis function can be used to set the variousmaintenance intervals and to check the engine . When the battery terminal is discon- while the engine is running. Select SETTING >oil level. The reminders shown below are used to nected, the set mileage will be erased MAINTENANCE > OIL > ENGINE OIL >notify the driver of the maintenance intervals. and the settings will return to their LEVEL. default settings. If the low level reminder appears, check the levelNOTE: using the engine oil dipstick. ( “CheckingBecause these are displayed based on the engine oil level” page 8-12)mileage driven, they do not indicate theactual conditions of the vehicle. Use thesefunctions only as a reference.2-20 Instruments and controls
    • Engine oil: Engine oil filter: Transmission oil:When the customer set mileage approaches, The reminder is displayed when the customer The reminder is displayed when the customerthe reminder will appear on the display and the set mileage is exceeded. Select SETTING > set mileage is exceeded. Select SETTING >remaining distance is displayed at regular MAINTENANCE > FILTER to set or reset the MAINTENANCE > OIL > T/M OIL to set orintervals. Select SETTING > MAINTENANCE mileage for the engine oil filter change. reset the mileage for the transmission oil> OIL > ENGINE OIL to set or reset the mileage change. NOTE:for the engine oil change. The default setting is 9,500 miles (15,000 NOTE:NOTE: km). The maximum mileage that can be set The default setting is 37,000 miles (60,000The default setting is 9,500 miles (15,000 is 9,500 miles (15,000 km). km). The maximum mileage that can be setkm). The maximum mileage that can be set is 55,500 miles (90,000 km).is 9,500 miles (15,000 km). Instruments and controls 2-21
    • conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be replaced. Setting the tire maintenance reminder for a certain driving distance does not mean your tires will last that long. Use the tire maintenance reminder as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks. Failure to perform regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision, which could result in serious personal injury or death.Tires: NOTE: OptionsThis reminder appears when the customer set The default setting is OFF. This function can be used to make settings fordistance comes for maintaining tires. You can language and unit.set or reset the distance for maintaining tires.(See “Trip computer” earlier in this section.) Language: Select ENGLISH or FRANCAIS for use in the WARNING vehicle information display. Unit: The tire maintenance indicator is not a Select METRIC or US for use in the vehicle substitute for regular tire checks, in- information display. cluding tire pressure checks. See “Changing wheels and tires” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec- tion. Many factors including tire infla- tion, alignment, driving habits and road2-22 Instruments and controls
    • Checking the warnings Use the NEXT switch to select “DETAIL”, then confirm with the ENTER switch . When there are multiple warnings, push the ENTER switch to change the display among them. To return to the initial warning, push and hold the ENTER switch for more than 1 second. NOTE: If there are no warnings to display, only “SKIP” can be selected.WARNING (drive computer)Warning information is displayed on the vehicleinformation display.Push the ENTER switch while a warningdisplay is active to return to the original display.It is also possible to check any warnings thathave not been corrected. ( “Warning dis-play” page 2-32) Instruments and controls 2-23
    • WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light Intelligent Key warning light Cruise set switch indicator light Low tire pressure warning light Exterior light indicator Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light Master warning light Front passenger air bag status light Seat belt warning light High beam indicator light Brake warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) Charge warning light Transmission warning light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator Engine oil pressure warning light light light Cruise main switch indicator lightCHECKING BULBS a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.With all doors closed, apply the parking brake CAUTION WARNING LIGHTSand push the ignition switch to the ON position . If the warning light comes on whilewithout starting the engine. The following lights All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warn- driving there may be a malfunctionwill come on: ing light in the AWD system. Reduce the , or , , , , , The warning light comes on when the vehicle speed and have your vehicleThe following lights come on briefly and then go ignition switch is pushed to ON. It turns off soon checked by a GT-R certified NISSANoff: after the engine is started. dealer as soon as possible. , or , , , , , If the AWD system malfunctions, the warning . If the AWD warning light blinks onIf any light does not come on, it may indicate a light will either remain illuminated or blink. when you are driving:burned-out bulb or an open circuit in the ( “All-Wheel Drive (AWD)” page 5-41) — blinks rapidly (about twice aelectrical system. Have the system checked by second):2-24 Instruments and controls
    • Pull off the road in a safe area, with nitrogen gas for maximum Parking brake indicator: and idle the engine. The driving tire performance. When the ignition switch is in the ON position, mode will change to RWD to the light comes on when the parking brake is . If the warning light is still on after prevent the AWD system from applied. the above operations, have your malfunctioning. If the warning Low brake fluid warning light: vehicle checked by a GT-R certified light turns off, you can drive NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. When the ignition switch is in the ON position, again. This does not indicate the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If the that there is a malfunction. light comes on while the engine is running with— blinks slowly (about once every or Anti-lock Braking the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle 2 seconds): System (ABS) warning light and perform the following: Pull off the road in a safe area, When the ignition switch is in the ON position, 1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluid and idle the engine. Check that the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning as necessary. ( “Brake fluid” page 8- all tire sizes are the same as light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates 15) that specified on the Tire and the ABS is operational. 2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the Loading Information label lo- If the ABS warning light illuminates while the warning system checked by a GT-R certified cated in the driver’s door open- engine is running, or while driving, it may NISSAN dealer. ing, tire pressure is correct and indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. tires are not worn. ( “Tire Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning Have the system checked by a GT-R certified and loading information label” indicator: NISSAN dealer. page 9-13) When the parking brake is released and the If the tire pressure is insuffi- If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock function is turned off. The brake system then brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake cient, fill with nitrogen gas. warning light and the Anti-lock Braking System Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN operates normally, but without anti-lock assis- tance. ( “Brake system” page 5-47) (ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate dealer about filling with nitro- the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the gen gas. If nitrogen gas is not or Brake warning light brake system checked, and if necessary re- available, compressed air may paired, by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer be safely used under normal This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems. promptly. ( “Anti-lock Braking System driving conditions. However, (ABS) warning light” page 2-25) NISSAN recommends refilling Instruments and controls 2-25
    • broken, missing or if the light remains on, see a soon as it is safe to do so. WARNING GT-R certified NISSAN dealer immediately. . Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light NOTICE Intelligent Key warning light is on. Driving could be dangerous. If After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON Do not continue driving if the alternator position, this light comes on for about 2 seconds you judge it to be safe, drive care- belt is loose, broken or missing. fully to the nearest service station and then turns off. for repairs. Otherwise, have your This light warns of a malfunction with the vehicle towed because driving it Engine oil pressure warning electrical steering lock system or the Intelligent could be dangerous. Key system. light . Pressing the brake pedal with the If the light comes on while the engine is This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If the stopped, it may be impossible to free the engine stopped and/or low brake light flickers or comes on during normal driving, fluid level may increase your stop- steering lock or to start the engine. If the light pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engine ping distance and braking will re- comes on while the engine is running, you can immediately and call a GT-R certified NISSAN drive the vehicle. However in these cases, quire greater pedal effort as well as dealer. pedal travel. contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer for The engine oil pressure warning light is repair as soon as possible. . If the brake fluid level is below the not designed to indicate a low oil level. minimum or MIN mark on the brake Check the vehicle information display or Low tire pressure warning light fluid reservoir, do not drive until the use the dipstick to check the oil level. Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure brake system has been checked at a ( “Engine oil level display” page 2-12) Monitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tire GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. ( “Checking engine oil level” page 8-12) pressure of all tires. The low tire pressure warning light warns of low Charge warning light NOTICE tire pressure and flat tire, or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly.If the light comes on while the engine is running, Running the engine with the engine oilit may indicate the charging system is not After the ignition switch is pushed ON, this light pressure warning light on could causefunctioning properly. Turn the engine off and illuminates for about 1 second and turns off. serious damage to the engine almostcheck the alternator belt. If the belt is loose, immediately. Turn off the engine as2-26 Instruments and controls
    • Low tire pressure warning: continuously. When the Flat tire warning isIf the vehicle is being driven with low tire activated, have the system reset and the tire WARNINGpressure, the warning light will illuminate. checked and replaced if necessary by a GT-R . If the light does not illuminate withWhen the low tire pressure warning light certified NISSAN dealer. Even if the tire is the ignition switch pushed ON, haveilluminates, you should stop and adjust the inflated to the specified COLD tire pressure, the the vehicle checked by a GT-Rtire pressure of all 4 wheels to the warning light will continue to illuminate until the certified NISSAN dealer as soon asrecommended COLD tire pressure shown system is reset by a GT-R certified NISSAN possible.on the Tire and Loading Information label dealer. If you select the tire pressure information in the . If the light illuminates while driving,located in the driver’s door opening. The multi function display, the LOW PRESSURE avoid sudden steering maneuvers orlow tire pressure warning light does not warning message will be displayed. The tire abrupt braking, reduce vehicleautomatically turn off when the tire pres- pressure for each tire will also be displayed. speed, pull off the road to a safesure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to Refer to the separate Multi Function Display location and stop the vehicle asthe recommended pressure, the vehicle Owner’s Manual. soon as possible. Driving with un-must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH Your vehicle can be driven for a limited time on a der-inflated tires may permanently(25 km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off flat tire. ( “Tire Pressure Monitoring System damage the tires and increase thethe low tire pressure warning light. Use a (TPMS)” page 5-4) ( “Tire Pressure Mon- likelihood of tire failure. Serioustire pressure gauge to check the tire itoring System (TPMS)” page 6-2) vehicle damage could occur andpressure. ( “Tire Pressure Monitoring may lead to an accident and couldSystem (TPMS)” page 5-4) ( “Tire TPMS malfunction: result in serious personal injury.Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” page If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low Check the tire pressure for all four6-2) tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi- tires. Adjust the tire pressure to theRun-flat tire warning: mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is recommended COLD tire pressureThe run-flat tire warning light warns of a flat tire. pushed ON. The light will remain on after the 1 shown on the Tire and LoadingIf the vehicle is being driven with one or more flat minute. Have the system checked by a GT-R Information label located in thetires, the warning light will illuminate continu- certified NISSAN dealer. ( “Tire Pressure driver’s door opening to turn theously and a chime will sound for 10 seconds. Monitoring System (TPMS)” page 5-4) low tire pressure warning light off. IfThe chime will only sound at the first indication ( “Tire pressure” page 8-31) the light still illuminates while driv-of a flat tire and the warning light will illuminate ing after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire may be flat. Instruments and controls 2-27
    • . Although you can continue driving Seat belt warning light and CAUTION with a punctured run-flat tire, re- chime member that vehicle handling sta- . The TPMS is not a substitute for the The light and chime remind you to fasten seat bility is reduced, which could lead to regular tire pressure check. Be sure belts. The light illuminates whenever the ignition an accident and personal injury. to check the tire pressure regularly. switch is pushed to the ON position, and will Also, driving a long distance at high remain illuminated until the driver’s seat belt is speeds may damage the tires. . Be sure to install the specified size of tires on the four wheels. fastened. At the same time, the chime will sound . Do not drive at speeds above 50 for about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt MPH (80 km/h) and do not drive is securely fastened. more than 50 miles (80 km) with a NOTE: The seat belt warning light for the front punctured run-flat tire. The actual . If the vehicle is being driven at speeds passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not distance the vehicle can be driven of less than 16 MPH (25 km/h), the fastened when the front passenger’s seat is on a flat tire depends on outside TPMS may not operate correctly. occupied. For approximately 5 seconds after the temperature, vehicle load, road con- . The tires of this vehicle are filled with ignition switch is in the ON position, the system ditions and other factors. nitrogen gas. When the tire pressure is does not activate the warning light for the front . When a wheel is replaced, the TPMS low, fill the tires with nitrogen gas. passenger. ( “Seat belts” page 1-6) will not function and the low tire Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer for information on filling the tires with Supplemental air bag warning pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light nitrogen gas. light will remain on after the 1 minute. After pushing the ignition switch to the ON Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN Master warning light position, the supplemental air bag warning light dealer as soon as possible for tire When the ignition switch is in the ON position, will illuminate for about 7 seconds and then turn replacement and/or system reset- the master warning light illuminates if any of the off. This means the system is operational. ting. warning displays appear on the vehicle informa- If any of the following conditions occur, the front tion display. ( “Warning display” page 2- air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and . Replacing tires with those not ori- 32) pretensioner systems need servicing and your ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the vehicle must be taken to a GT-R certified TPMS. NISSAN dealer.2-28 Instruments and controls
    • . The supplemental air bag warning light Transmission system malfunction: resumed. If the light illuminates frequently, remains on after approximately 7 seconds. The light blinks if a malfunction in the transmis- contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.. The supplemental air bag warning light sion system occurs. If the light blinks, certain flashes intermittently. gear positions may become unusable, so that NOTICE the vehicle may become undrivable. Have the. The supplemental air bag warning light does . Continuing to drive with the light on system inspected promptly by a GT-R certified not come on at all. could cause serious damage to the NISSAN dealer.Unless checked and repaired, the supplemental transmission.restraint system (air bag system) and/or the Transmission oil temperature high: . If the light continues to illuminate,pretensioners may not function properly. The light illuminates if the transmission oil the vehicle cannot be driven be-( “Supplemental restraint system” page 1- temperature becomes unusually high. If the light cause the engine output may be31) illuminates, avoid driving at high speed or at high reduced and the clutch may be engine speed until the light turns off. The light reduced to keep the clutch disen- WARNING will turn off after a short period of time and the gaged. vehicle can then be driven normally. If the light If the supplemental air bag warning illuminates frequently, contact a GT-R certified light is on, it could mean that the front NISSAN dealer. R mode start function: air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag If the R mode start function is used 4 times and/or pretensioner systems will not NOTICE continuously, the function may be disabled and operate in an accident. To help avoid cannot be turned on for protection. While the injury to yourself or others, have your If the light continues to illuminate, the function is disabled, the warning light illumi- vehicle checked by a GT-R certified engine output may be reduced to pre- nates. When the warning light goes off, the NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. vent transmission damage. function can be used again. ( “R mode start function” page 5-32) Transmission clutch temperature high: When the warning light illuminates, perform cool Transmission warning light down driving (driving 1.3 mile (2 km) in 5th or The light illuminates if clutch temperatureThis light warns of the following malfunctions. 6th gear at a speed of approximately 37 - 50 becomes unusually high. If the light illuminates, MPH (60 - 80 km/h) while checking the pull off the road in a safe area and idle the temperature of the transmission oil until the engine. When the light turns off, driving can be warning light goes off. Instruments and controls 2-29
    • INDICATOR LIGHTS Front passenger air bag status NOTICE light Cruise main switch indicator While the warning light is illuminated, The front passenger air bag status light ( ) the engine output is controlled so that light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be it does not increase. The light comes on when the cruise control is OFF depending on how the front passenger pushed. The light turns off when the main switch seat is being used. ( “NISSAN Advanced is pushed again. While the cruise control system Air Bag System (front seats)” page 1-37) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) main switch indicator light is on, the cruisewarning light control system is operational. High beam indicator lightThe light will blink when the VDC system or the Cruise set switch indicator This light comes on when the headlight hightraction control system is operating, thus alerting beam is on and goes out when the low beam is light selected.the driver that the vehicle is nearing its tractionlimits. The road surface may be slippery. The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system. If the Malfunction Indicator LightIf the VDC warning light illuminates when theVDC system is turned on, this light alerts the light blinks while the engine is running, it may (MIL)driver to the fact that the VDC system’s fail-safe indicate the cruise control system is not If the malfunction indicator light comes onmode is operating, for example the VDC or hill functioning properly. Have the system checked steady or blinks while the engine is running, itstart assist system may not be functioning by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. may indicate a potential emission control mal-properly. Have the system checked by a GT-R Exterior light indicator function.certified NISSAN dealer. If a malfunction occurs The malfunction indicator light may also come on This indicator illuminates when the headlightin the system, the VDC system function will be steady if the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, or switch is turned to the AUTO, orcanceled but the vehicle is still driveable. if the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make position and the front parking lights, instrument( “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” sure the fuel-filler cap is installed and closed panel lights, rear combination lights, licensepage 5-49) tightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3 US plate lights or headlights are on. The indicator gallons (12 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank. turns off when these lights are turned off. After a few driving trips, the light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists. If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds2-30 Instruments and controls
    • and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine b. Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration. for more than 1 second. ( “VDC, transmis-is not running, it indicates that the vehicle is not c. Avoid steep uphill grades. sion and suspension setup switches” page 5-ready for an emission control system inspection/ d. If possible, reduce the amount of cargo 24)maintenance test. ( “Readiness for Inspec- being hauled or towed. This indicates that the vehicle dynamic controltion/Maintenance (I/M) test (US only)” page 9- The malfunction indicator light may stop system and traction control system are not20) blinking and remain on. operating. ( “Vehicle Dynamic ControlOperation: Have the vehicle inspected by a GT-R (VDC) system” page 5-49)The malfunction indicator light will come on in certified NISSAN dealer. You do not need AUDIBLE REMINDERSone of two ways: to have your vehicle towed to the dealer. Key reminder chime. Malfunction indicator light on steady — An emission control system malfunction has NOTICE A chime will sound if the driver side door is been detected. Check the fuel-filler cap. If opened while the ignition switch is pushed to Continued vehicle operation without the ACC position or pushed to the OFF or the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tighten having the emission control system LOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in the or install the cap and continue to drive the checked and repaired as necessary Intelligent Key port. Make sure the ignition vehicle. The light should turn off after a could lead to poor driveability, reduced switch is pushed to the OFF position, and take few driving trips. If the light does not fuel economy, and possible damage to the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the turn off after a few driving trips, have the the emission control system. vehicle. vehicle inspected by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. You do not need to have Light reminder chime your vehicle towed to the dealer. Turn signal/hazard indicator A chime will sound when the driver side door is. Malfunction indicator light blinking — An lights opened with the light switch in the or engine misfire has been detected which may The light flashes when the turn signal switch position and the ignition switch in the ACC, OFF damage the emission control system. lever or hazard switch is turned on. or LOCK position. To reduce or avoid emission control system Turn the light switch off when you leave the damage: Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) vehicle. a. Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH off indicator light (72 km/h). The light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) set up switch is pushed to OFF Instruments and controls 2-31
    • WARNING DISPLAYParking brake reminder chimeA chime will sound if the vehicle speed is above4 MPH (7 km/h) with the parking brake applied.Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake.Reverse reminder chime (if soequipped)The chime will sound if the shift lever is in the & Rposition while the ignition switch is in the ONposition.This is not a chime to remind people outside thevehicle.Be sure to move the shift lever out of the & Rposition after driving in reverse.Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, itwill make a high pitched scraping sound whenthe vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound willfirst occur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After the wear of the brake pad isincreased, the sound will be heard all the timeeven if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have malfunctions and accidents. WARNINGthe brakes checked as soon as possible if thewarning sound is heard. When the warning light illuminates or When the items mentioned below are detected blinks and a warning is displayed, the master warning light * illuminates and the 1 promptly take the appropriate action. warning is displayed on the vehicle information Ignoring the warning may result in display * . A chime also sounds. 22-32 Instruments and controls
    • If there are multiple warnings, the warning lightsremain lit or continue to blink and the warningsdisplayed in the vehicle information display areswitched at regular intervals. The warningsdisplayed in the vehicle information display canbe switched voluntarily by pushing the ENTERswitch . ENGINE OIL LOW PRESSURE ENGINE SYSTEM WARNING WARNING This will appear if a potential emission control This will appear if the engine oil pressure is low. malfunction is detected, the fuel-filler cap is ( “Engine oil pressure warning light” page loose or missing, or the vehicle runs out of fuel. 2-26) ( “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” page 2-30) Instruments and controls 2-33
    • SHIFT LEVER POSITION WARNING TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WARN- TRANSMISSION OIL HIGH TEM-This will appear if the system cannot detect the ING PERATURE WARNINGshift lever position. This will appear if a transmission system This will appear if the transmission oil tempera-Stop the vehicle in a safe location. Depress the malfunction occurs. ( “Transmission warn- ture becomes unusually high.brake pedal and move this shift lever to another ing light” page 2-29) ( “Transmission warning light” page 2-29)position then move the lever back to the desiredposition. If the warning is still displayed after theabove operation is performed, have the systemchecked by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.( “Driving the vehicle” page 5-15)2-34 Instruments and controls
    • TRANSMISSION CLUTCH HIGH PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARN- LOW BRAKE FLUID WARNINGTEMPERATURE WARNING ING This will appear if the brake fluid level becomesThis will appear if the transmission clutch This will appear if the vehicle speed is above 4 low. ( “Brake warning light” page 2-25)temperature becomes unusually high. MPH (7 km/h) with the parking brake applied.( “Transmission warning light” page 2-29) ( “Brake warning light” page 2-25) ( “Parking brake reminder chime” page 2- 32) Instruments and controls 2-35
    • ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) AWD CLUTCH HIGH TEMPERATURE(ABS) WARNING SYSTEM WARNING WARNINGThis will appear if the Anti-lock Braking System This will appear if the Vehicle Dynamic Control This will appear if the temperature of the AWD(ABS) is not functioning properly. ( “Anti- (VDC) system or the hill start assist system is clutch becomes unusually high. ( “All-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light” page not functioning properly. ( “Vehicle Dynamic Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light” page 2-24)2-25) ( “Brake warning light” page 2-25) Control (VDC) warning light” page 2-30) NOTE: ( “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off in- dicator light” page 2-31) If the vehicle is driven in a way which causes the rear wheels to slip, the AWD clutch temperature will increase and the warning indicator may flash. Continuing to drive in a way that causes the warning light to flash may cause the clutch to reach excessive temperatures that could result in2-36 Instruments and controls
    • damage to the AWD system. FRONT/REAR TIRE SIZE DISCRE- AWD SYSTEM WARNING PANCY WARNING This will appear if the AWD system is not This will appear if the diameter of the front and functioning properly while the engine is running. the rear wheels are different. ( “All-Wheel ( “All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light” Drive (AWD) warning light” page 2-24) page 2-24) Instruments and controls 2-37
    • LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING RUN-FLAT TIRE WARNING TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGThis will appear if the vehicle is being driven with This will appear and a chime will sound if the SYSTEM (TPMS) WARNINGlow tire pressure. ( “Low tire pressure vehicle is being driven with one or more flat tires. This will appear if the Tire Pressure Monitoringwarning light” page 2-26) ( “Low tire pressure warning light” page 2- System (TPMS) is not functioning properly. 26) ( “Low tire pressure warning light” page 2-26)2-38 Instruments and controls
    • NOTE: . The low fuel warning will appear when the amount of fuel remaining in the tank decreases to approximately 3 US gallons (12 liters). . The timing of the low fuel warning display may change depending on braking, turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills. . If the vehicle is not refueled after the low fuel warning appears, the display will change to “ ”. This change timing may become earlier depending on the driving conditions. This does notCRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM WARN- LOW FUEL WARNING indicate that there is a malfunction.ING This will appear when the fuel level in the tank isThis will appear if the cruise control system is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,not functioning properly. ( “Cruise set preferably before the fuel gauge reaches theswitch indicator light” page 2-30) empty (E) position. This displays the approximate distance that the vehicle can be driven based on the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption. Instruments and controls 2-39
    • DOOR/TRUNK OPEN WARNING LOW WASHER FLUID WARNING NO KEY WARNINGThis will appear if any of the doors and/or trunk This will appear when the washer tank fluid is at This will appear in either of the followinglid are open or not closed securely. The vehicle a low level. Add washer fluid as necessary. conditions.icon indicates which door or the trunk lid is ( “Window washer fluid” page 8-16)open. No key inside the vehicle The warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Unregistered Intelligent Key The warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed from the LOCK position and the Intelligent Key cannot be recognized by the2-40 Instruments and controls
    • OPERATION DISPLAYSsystem. You cannot start the engine with an These displays appear when an appropriateunregistered Intelligent Key. operation is required in starting or stopping the( “Intelligent Key system” page 3-8) engine. ENGINE START OPERATION INDI- CATOR This indicator appears when the shift lever is in the & position. P This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed. Instruments and controls 2-41
    • SHIFT “P” WARNING “PUSH” WARNING STEERING LOCK RELEASE MAL-This warning appears and an inside warning This warning appears when the shift lever is FUNCTION INDICATORchime sounds when the ignition switch is moved to the & position with the ignition switch P This indicator appears when the steering wheelpushed to stop the engine with the shift lever in the ACC position after the SHIFT & warning P lock cannot be released from the LOCK posi-in any position except the & position. P appears. tion. If this indicator appears, push the ignitionIf this warning appears, move the shift lever to If this warning appears, push the ignition switch switch while lightly turning the steering wheelthe & position. This warning will also turn off P to the OFF position. right and left.when pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition.2-42 Instruments and controls
    • INTELLIGENT KEY INSERTION INDI- INTELLIGENT KEY REMOVAL INDI- INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-CATOR CATOR CHARGE INDICATORThis indicator appears when the Intelligent Key This indicator appears when the driver’s door is This indicator appears when the Intelligent Keyneeds to be inserted into the Intelligent Key port opened with the ignition switch in the OFF or battery is running out of power.(for example, the Intelligent Key battery is LOCK position and the Intelligent Key placed in If this indicator appears, replace the battery withdischarged). the Intelligent Key port. A key reminder chime a new one. ( “Intelligent Key battery repla-If this indicator appears, insert the Intelligent Key also sounds. cement” page 8-26)into the Intelligent Key port in the correct If this indicator appears, remove the Intelligentdirection. ( “Intelligent Key battery dis- Key from the Intelligent Key port and take it withcharge” page 5-11) you when leaving the vehicle. Instruments and controls 2-43
    • SECURITY SYSTEMS VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors, hood, or trunk lid when the system is armed. It is not, however, a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs. The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations. Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period. Never leave your Intelligent Key(s) in the vehicle, and always lock it when un- attended. Be aware of your surroundings, andYour vehicle has two types of security systems, park in secure, well-lit areas whenever possible. How to arm the vehicle securityas follows: Many devices offering additional protection, system such as component locks, identification markers,. Vehicle security system 1. Close all windows. and tracking systems, are available at auto. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System supply stores and specialty shops. Your GT-R The system can be armed even if theThe security condition will be shown by the certified NISSAN dealer may also offer such windows are open.security indicator light. equipment. Check with your insurance company 2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK to see if you may be eligible for discounts for position. various theft protection features. 3. Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle. 4. Close all doors, hood and trunk. Lock all doors. The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key, door handle request switch or power door lock switch. The power door lock switch should be operated while the door is open, and then closed.2-44 Instruments and controls
    • 5. Confirm that the security indicator light The alarm is activated by: FCC Notice: comes on. The security indicator light stays . Opening the door or the trunk lid without For USA: on for about 30 seconds. The vehicle using the button on the Intelligent Key, the This device complies with Part 15 of the security system is now pre-armed. After door handle request switch or the mechan- FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the about 30 seconds the vehicle security ical key. (Even if the door is opened by following two conditions: (1) This device system automatically shifts into the armed releasing the door inside lock knob, the may not cause harmful interference, and phase. The security light begins to flash alarm will activate.) (2) this device must accept any interfer- once every approximately 3 seconds. If, ence received, including interference that during this 30-second pre-arm time period, . Opening the hood. may cause undesired operation. the door is unlocked, or the ignition switch is How to stop an activated alarm Note: Changes or modifications not ex- pushed to ACC or ON, the system will not The alarm will stop by: pressly approved by the party responsible arm. for compliance could void the user’sEven when the driver and/or passengers . Unlocking a door by pushing the UNLOCK authority to operate the equipment.are in the vehicle, the system will activate button on the Intelligent Key. For Canada:with all doors, hood, and trunk lid locked . Unlocking a door by pushing the door This device complies with RSS-210 ofwith the ignition switch in the LOCK handle request switch. Industry Canada. Operation is subject toposition. When pushing the ignition switchto the ACC or ON position, the system will . Pushing the ignition switch to the ACC or the following two conditions: (1) this ON position. device may not cause interference, andbe released. If the system does not operate as de- (2) this device must accept any interfer-Vehicle security system activation scribed above, have it checked by a GT-R ence, including interference that mayThe vehicle security system will give the follow- certified NISSAN dealer. cause undesired operation of the device.ing alarm: NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER. The headlights blink and the horn sounds SYSTEM intermittently. The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not. The alarm automatically turns off after allow the engine to start without the use of the approximately 1 minute. However, the alarm registered Intelligent Key. Never leave these reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with keys in the vehicle. again. Instruments and controls 2-45
    • WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH bilizer System service as soon as possible. Please bring all Intelligent Keys that you WARNING have when visiting a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer for service. In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident. Warm windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield. NOTICE . Do not operate the washer continu- ously for more than 30 seconds.Security indicator light . Do not operate the washer if theThe security indicator light is located on the reservoir tank is empty.instrument panel. It indicates the status of the . Do not fill the window washerNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. reservoir tank with washer fluidThe light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in concentrates at full strength. Somethe ACC, OFF or LOCK position. This function methyl alcohol based washer fluidindicates the security systems equipped on the concentrates may permanently stainvehicle are operational. the grille if spilled while filling theIf the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is window washer reservoir tank.malfunctioning, this light will remain on while theignition switch is in the ON position. . Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer’sIf the light still remains on and/or the recommended levels before pouringengine will not start, see a GT-R certified the fluid into the window washerNISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immo- reservoir tank. Do not use the2-46 Instruments and controls
    • NOTE: window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate . In the MIST position, the wipers oper- and water. ate while the lever is lifted up. When the lever is released, it automatically returns to the OFF position and theThe windshield wiper and washer operates wipers stop.when the ignition switch is in the ON position. . When the speed sensing wiper interval function is turned on, the intermittent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed. (For example, when the vehicle speed is high, the intermittent operation speed will be faster.) To turn this function on and off, see the separate Multi Function Display Owner’s Manual. USING THE WIPERS . If the wiper operation is interrupted by Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the snow or ice, the wiper may stop moving following speed: to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn * INT (Intermittent) — intermittent operation can be 1 adjusted by turning the knob toward * (Slower) A the wiper switch to the OFF position or * (Faster). B and remove the snow or ice on and * Low — continuous low speed operation 2 around the wiper arms. In approxi- * High — continuous high speed operation 3 mately 1 minute, turn the switch on again to operate the wiper. Push the lever up * to have one sweep 4 operation of the wiper. Instruments and controls 2-47
    • REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH NOTICE When cleaning the inner side of the rear window, be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster.USING THE WASHER To defog/defrost the rear window, start thePull the lever toward you to operate the washer. engine and push the switch on. The indicator light on the switch will come on. Push the switchThen the wiper will also operate several times. again to turn the defroster off.NOTE: It will automatically turn off in approximately 15When the level of washer fluid is low, a minutes.warning display appears on the vehicle NOTE:information display. ( “Low washerfluid warning” page 2-40) When the rear window defroster switch is pressed, the heated outside mirrors also operate at the same time. ( “Outside mirrors” page 3-28)2-48 Instruments and controls
    • HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH NOTE:XENON HEADLIGHTS . The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on-off opera- WARNING tion. It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short intervals HIGH VOLTAGE (for example, when the vehicle stops at . When xenon headlights are on, they a traffic signal). Even when the daytime produce a high voltage. To prevent running lights are active, the xenon an electric shock, never attempt to headlights do not turn on. This way the modify or disassemble. Always have life of the xenon headlights is not your xenon headlights replaced at a reduced. GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. . If the xenon headlight bulb is close to . Xenon headlights provide consider- burning out, the brightness will drasti- ably more light than conventional cally decrease, the light will start headlights. If they are not correctly blinking, or the color of the light will become reddish. If one or more of the HEADLIGHT SWITCH aimed, they might temporarily blind an oncoming driver or the driver above signs appear, contact a GT-R Lighting ahead of you and cause a serious certified NISSAN dealer. Turning the switch to the position: accident. If headlights are not aimed correctly, immediately take your ve- The clearance, side marker, tail, license plate hicle to a GT-R certified NISSAN and instrument lights will come on and the dealer and have the headlights daytime running light will remain on. adjusted correctly. Turning the switch to the position: Headlights will come on and all the other lightsWhen the xenon headlight is initially turned on, remain on. The daytime running light will turn off.its brightness or color varies slightly. However,the color and brightness will soon stabilize. Instruments and controls 2-49
    • If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and one of the doors is opened, the headlights remain on for 45 seconds. Refer to the separate Multi Function Display Owner’s Manual.Autolight system Headlight beam selectThe autolight system allows the headlights to be When the headlights are on, push the lever toset so they turn on and off automatically. the front of the vehicle * to switch to the high 1To set the autolight system: beams. The high-beam indicator light illumi-1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the nates. ( “High beam indicator light” page 2- AUTO position * .1 30)2. Push the ignition switch to the ON position. Pull the lever to the neutral position * to 2 switch to the low beams.3. The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off. Pulling the lever toward you * will flash the 3 headlight high beam even when the headlightTo turn the autolight system off, turn the switch switch is in the OFF position.to the OFF, or position.The autolight system can turn on the headlightsautomatically when it is dark and turn off theheadlights when it is light.2-50 Instruments and controls
    • CAUTION NOTICE WARNING Use low beams when there are cars . When you turn on the headlight When the daytime running light system approaching from the opposite direc- switch again after the lights auto- is active, tail lights on your vehicle are tion, during city driving and at similar matically turn off, the lights will not not on. It is necessary at dusk to turn on times. turn off automatically. Be sure to your headlights. Failure to do so could turn the light switch to the OFF cause an accident injuring yourself and position when you leave the vehicle others.Battery saver system for extended periods of time, other-A chime will sound when the driver side door is wise the battery will be discharged.opened with the light switch in the or . Never leave the light switch on position and the ignition switch in the ACC, when the engine is not running forOFF or LOCK position. ( “Light reminder extended periods of time even if thechime” page 2-31) headlights turn off automatically.When the headlight switch is in the orposition while the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the lights will automatically turn off 45 Daytime running light systemseconds after the ignition switch has been The daytime running lights automatically illumi-pushed to the OFF position. nate when the engine is started with the parkingWhen the headlight switch remains in the brake released. The daytime running lightsor position after the lights automatically turn operate with the headlight switch in the OFFoff, the lights will turn on when the ignition position. Turn the headlight switch to theswitch is pushed to the ON position. position for full illumination when driving at night. If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started, the daytime running lights do not illuminate. The daytime running lights illuminate once the parking brake is released. The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position. Instruments and controls 2-51
    • HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH WARNING . If stopping for an emergency, be sure to move the vehicle well off the road. . Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the high- way unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic. . Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on.Turn signal Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenMove the lever up or down to the position * to 1 you must stop or park under emergency condi- tions. All turn signal lights will flash.signal the turning direction. When the turn iscompleted, the turn signals cancel automatically. The flasher can be actuated with the ignition switch in any position.Lane change signal Some state laws may prohibit the use ofTo indicate a lane change, move the lever up or the hazard warning flasher switch whiledown to the position * where the lights begin 2 driving.flashing.If the lever is moved back right after moving upor down to the position * , the light will flash 3 2times.2-52 Instruments and controls
    • HORN HEATED SEATS (if so equipped) TURNING OFF THE HEATERS Move the switch to the level position. The switch indicator turns off. WARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat tempera- tures or have an inability to feel pain in those body parts in contact with the seat. Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury.To sound the horn, push the center pad area of The seat heaters can be used when the ignitionthe steering wheel. switch is in the ON position. The front seats are CAUTION warmed by the built-in heaters. WARNING . Do not put anything on the seat TURNING ON THE HEATERS which insulates heat, such as a Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so Push the "HI" or "LO" side of the switch to blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc. could affect proper operation of the activate the heaters. The switch indicator Otherwise, the seat may become supplemental front air bag system. illuminates. overheated. Tampering with the supplemental front Switch position Function . Do not place anything hard or heavy air bag system may result in serious HI To heat the seat quickly on the seat or pierce it with a pin or personal injury. similar object. This may result in LO To keep the seat warm damage to the heater. . Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately Instruments and controls 2-53
    • POWER OUTLETS with a dry cloth. . Push the plug in as far as it will go. . If any malfunctions are found or the CAUTION If good contact is not made, the plug heated seat does not operate, turn may overheat or the internal tem- . The outlet and plug may be hot perature fuse may open. the switch off and have the system during or immediately after use. checked by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. . Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory. NOTICE . This power outlet is not designed . The battery could run down if the for use with a cigarette lighter unit. seat heater is operated while the . Before inserting or disconnecting a engine is not running. plug, be sure the electrical acces- . Do not use the seat heater for sory being used is turned OFF. extended periods or when no one . When not in use, be sure to close is using the seat. the cap. Do not allow water to . When cleaning the seat, never use contact the outlet. gasoline, thinner, or any similar materials. NOTICE . Use power outlet with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery. . Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner, headlights or rear window defroster is on.2-54 Instruments and controls
    • STORAGE CUP HOLDERS CAUTION . Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it can scald you or your passenger. . Use only soft cups in the cup holder. Hard objects can injure you in an accident. Next to the steering wheel Inside the console boxPull out the cap to use the outlet. Open the cap to use the outlet.Replace the cap after use. Close the cap after use. Instruments and controls 2-55
    • Front Rear SUNGLASSES HOLDERSlide the cover toward the rear of the vehicle to NOTE:open. Cup holder * is wider and shallower A WARNING than cup holders * and * . Small-sizeTo close, slide the cover back toward the front of B Cthe vehicle. Keep the sunglasses holder closed cups are likely to tip over in cup holder while driving to prevent an accident. * . Use cup holders * and * . A B C To open the sunglasses holder, push *. 12-56 Instruments and controls
    • CAUTIONDo not use for anything other thanglasses. NOTICEDo not leave glasses in the sunglassesholder while parking in direct sunlight.The heat may damage the glasses. DOOR POCKET GLOVE BOX Door pockets are located inside the driver’s side and passenger’s side doors. WARNING NOTICE Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a Do not grasp the door pockets to open sudden stop. and close the doors. Doing so may damage the pockets. Pull the knob toward you to open the glove box. To close the glove box, press the lid forward until it locks in place. Instruments and controls 2-57
    • Use the mechanical key to lock * and unlock 1 CONSOLE BOX COAT HOOKS* the glove box. ( 2 “Mechanical key” page Lift up the lock knob * to open the lid. 1 To use the coat hook, push the upper side of the3-3) To close the center console box, press on the lid hook to release it.The mechanical key stops when it is insertedapproximately halfway in. until it locks in place. NOTE: CAUTION The console box contains a power outlet. Do not hang any objects with sharp edges on the coat hangers. These items may be knocked off if the SRS air bag deploys, possibly causing injury.2-58 Instruments and controls
    • WINDOWS NOTICE POWER WINDOWSDo not place items that are more than 2 WARNINGlb (1 kg) on the hook. . Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows. Use the win- dow lock switch to prevent unex- pected use of the power windows. . Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could un- knowingly activate switches or con- trols and become trapped in the Driver’s side window. Unattended children could 1. Window lock button become involved in serious acci- 2. Driver’s window switch dents. 3. Front passenger’s window switch The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position. If the driver’s or front passenger’s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds, power to the windows is canceled. Instruments and controls 2-59
    • Passenger’s side power window activated if an impact or load similar to some- switch thing being caught in the window occurs. The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window. To open close WARNING the window, push down or pull up the switch There are some small distances imme- and hold it. diately before the closed position which Automatic operation cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc., in- To fully open or close the window, completely side the vehicle before closing the push down or pull up the switch and release it; it window. does not need to be held. The window will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the window, just push or lift the switch in the Automatic adjusting function Front passenger’s side opposite direction.4. Front passenger’s window switch A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is CAUTIONMain power window switch (driver’s released. When the battery cable is removed fromside) the battery terminal, do not close eitherTo open or close the window, push down or pull Auto reverse function of the front doors. The automatic win-up the switch and hold it. The main switch If the control unit detects something caught in dow adjusting function will not work(driver’s side switches) will open or close all the the window as it is closing, the window will be and the side roof panel may be da-windows. immediately lowered. maged. The auto reverse function can be activated whenLocking passengers’ windows the window is closed by automatic operationWhen the window lock button is pushed in, only The power window has an automatic adjusting when the ignition switch is in the ON position orthe driver’s side window can be opened or function. When the door is being opened, the for 45 seconds after the ignition switch isclosed. Push it in again to cancel. window is automatically lowered slightly to avoid pushed to the OFF position. contact between the window and the side roof Depending on the environment or driving con- panel. When the door is closed, the window is ditions, the auto reverse function may be2-60 Instruments and controls
    • INTERIOR LIGHTSautomatically raised slightly. If the power window automatic function doesWhile the automatic adjusting function does not not operate properly after performing the pro-work, the window will be controlled as follows: cedure above, have your vehicle checked by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.. When the door is opened, the window lowers for approximately 2 seconds.. While the door is open, the window cannot be raised.If the windows do not close auto-maticallyIf the power window automatic function (closingonly) does not operate properly, perform thefollowing procedure to initialize the powerwindow system.1. Push the ignition switch to the ON position. MAP LIGHTS2. Close the door. Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on3. Open the window completely by operating or off. the power window switch.4. Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the driver side window, and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely.5. Release the power window switch. Operate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete.6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above for the passenger side window by operating either driver’s or passenger’s side switch. Instruments and controls 2-61
    • map light illuminates for approximately 15 NOTE: seconds, then it turns off. The lights will also turn off after 15 While the map light is on, if the ignition switch is minutes when the lights remain illumi- pushed to the ACC or ON position, or if the nated after the ignition switch has been driver’s side door is locked, the light turns off. pushed to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the battery from becoming dis- . When exiting the vehicle charged. When the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position, the map lights turn on for DOOR position approximately 15 seconds, then it turns off. When the switch is in the DOOR position * , 2 If the driver’s side door is locked while the map the map lights will turn on when the door is lights are on, the light turns off. opened and turn off when the door is closed. The map lights will turn off approximately 15 NOTE: seconds after the door is closed with the ignition It is possible to cancel the key-linked switch in the OFF or LOCK position. interior light control system setting. SeeINTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH the separate Multi Function Display Own-The interior light control switch has three NOTE: er’s Manual.positions: ON * , DOOR * and OFF * . 1 2 3 When the interior light control switch is in the DOOR position and the door is open, OFF positionON position the light will remain on even when the map When the switch is in the OFF position * , the 3When the switch is in the ON position * , the 1 light switch is pressed to turn off. map lights will not illuminate, regardless of anymap lights will illuminate. Key-linked interior light control system: condition. The map lights will turn on and off linked with the NOTICE locking and unlocking of the door. Do not use the light for extended This function operates when the interior light periods of time with the engine control switch is in the DOOR position. stopped. This could result in a dis- . When entering the vehicle charged battery. When the driver’s seat door is unlocked, the2-62 Instruments and controls
    • HomeLink® UNIVERSALVANITY MIRROR LIGHTS TRANSCEIVER HomeLink® Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of WARNING up to three individual hand-held transmitters into . Do not use HomeLink® Universal one built-in device. Transceiver with any garage door HomeLink® Universal Transceiver: opener that lacks safety stop and . Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF) reverse features as required by devices such as garage doors, gates, home federal safety standards. (These and office lighting, entry door locks and standards became effective for security systems. opener models manufactured after April 1, 1982.) A garage door opener . Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. No which cannot detect an object in the separate batteries are required. If the path of a closing garage door and vehicle’s battery is discharged or is dis- then automatically stop and reverse, connected, HomeLink® will retain all pro- does not meet current federal safety gramming.There is an illuminated vanity mirror on the standards. Using a garage door Once HomeLink® Universal Transceiver is opener without these features in-reverse side of the sun visor. programmed, retain the original transmit- creases the risk of serious injury or ter for future programming procedures death. (Example: new vehicle purchases). Upon sale of the vehicle, the programmed . During programming procedure, HomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttons your garage door or security gate should be erased for security purposes. may open or close. Make sure that ( “Programming HomeLink®” page 2- people and objects are clear of the 64) garage door, gate, etc. that you are programming. . Your vehicle’s engine should be turned off while programming HomeLink® Universal Transceiver. Instruments and controls 2-63
    • PROGRAMMING HomeLink®To program your HomeLink® Transceiver tooperate a garage door, gate, or entry dooropener, home or office lighting, you need to beat the same location as the device. Note:Garage door openers (manufactured after1996) have “rolling code protection”. To pro-gram a garage door opener equipped with“rolling code protection”; you will need to usea ladder to get up to the garage door openermotor to be able to access the “smart or learn”program button. 1. To begin, push and hold the two outer 3. Using both hands, simultaneously push and HomeLink® buttons (to clear the memory) hold both the HomeLink® button you want to until the indicator light * blinks (after 20 A program and the hand-held transmitter seconds). Release both buttons. button. 2. Position the end of the hand-held transmitter DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has 1 to 3 inches (26 mm to 76 mm) away from been completed. the HomeLink® surface. 4. Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on HomeLink® flashes, changing from a “slow blink” to a “rapid blink”. This could take up to 90 seconds. When the indicator light blinks rapidly, both buttons may be released. The rapidly flashing light indicates successful programming. To activate the garage door or other programmed device, push and hold the programmed HomeLink®2-64 Instruments and controls
    • button - releasing when the device begins to HomeLink® button you’ve just programmed. NOTE: activate. Push and release the HomeLink® button up5. If the indicator light on HomeLink® blinks to three times to complete the training. If programming a garage door opener, etc., rapidly for two seconds and then turns solid, 8. Your HomeLink® button should now be it is advised to unplug the device during HomeLink® has picked up a “rolling code” programmed. To program the remaining the “cycling” process to prevent possible garage door opener signal. You will need to HomeLink® buttons for additional door or damage to the garage door opener com- proceed with the next steps to train gate openers, follow steps 2 through 8 only. ponents. HomeLink®, completing the programming NOTE: OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNI- may require a ladder and another person VERSAL TRANSCEIVER for convenience. Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to “clear” all previously programmed HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (once pro-6. Push and release the program button located on the garage door opener’s motor HomeLink® buttons. grammed) may now be used to activate the garage door, etc. To operate, simply push the to activate the “training mode”. This button is If you have any questions or are having difficulty appropriate programmed HomeLink® Universal usually located near the antenna wire that programming your HomeLink® buttons, please Transceiver button. The red indicator light will hangs down from the motor. If the wire refer to the HomeLink® web site at: www. illuminate while the signal is being transmitted. originates from under a light lens, you will homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515. need to remove the lens to access the PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FOR PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAG- training button. NOSIS CANADIAN CUSTOMERS NOTE: If HomeLink® does not quickly learn the hand- Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations required Once you have pushed and released held transmitter information: hand-held transmitters to stop transmitting after the training button on the garage door 2 seconds. To program your hand-held trans- . replace the hand-held transmitter batteries opener’s motor and the “training light” mitter to HomeLink®, continue to push and hold with new batteries. is lit, you have 30 seconds in which to the HomeLink® button (note steps 2 through 4 perform step 7. For convenience, use . position the hand-held transmitter with its under “Programming HomeLink®”) while you battery area facing away from the the help of a second person to assist when performing this step. push and re-push (“cycle”) your hand-held HomeLink® surface. transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator7. Quickly (within 30 seconds of pushing and light flashes rapidly (indicating successful pro- . push and hold both the HomeLink® and releasing the garage door opener training gramming). hand-held transmitter buttons without inter- button) and firmly push and release the ruption. Instruments and controls 2-65
    • . position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in (50 to 127 two conditions: (1) This device may not (50 to 127 mm) away from the HomeLink® mm) away from the HomeLink® surface. cause harmful interference and (2) This surface. Hold the transmitter in that position 3. Push and hold the hand-held transmitter device must accept any interference that for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is not button. may be received, including interference programmed within that time, try holding the 4. The HomeLink® indicator light will flash, first that may cause undesired operation. transmitter in another position - keeping the slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator The transmitter has been tested and indicator light in view at all times. light begins to flash rapidly, release both complies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.If you continue to have programming difficulties, buttons. Changes or modifications not expresslyplease contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button approved by the party responsible forDepartment. The phone numbers are located in has now been reprogrammed. The new device compliance could void the user’s authoritythe Foreword of this Owner’s Manual. can be activated by pushing the HomeLink® to operate the device. button that was just programmed. This proce- DOC: ISTC 1763K1313CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN- dure will not affect any other programmed FCC I.D.: CB2V67690FORMATION HomeLink® buttons.Individual buttons cannot be cleared, however toclear all programming, push and hold the two IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENoutside buttons and release when the indicator If your vehicle is stolen, you should change thelight begins to flash (in approximately 20 codes of any non-rolling code device that hasseconds). been programmed into HomeLink®. Consult the Owner’s Manual of each device or call theREPROGRAMMING A SINGLE manufacturer or dealer of those devices forHomeLink® BUTTON additional information.To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Transcei- When your vehicle is recovered, you willver button, complete the following. need to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer-1. Push and hold the desired HomeLink ® sal Transceiver with your new transmitter button. Do not release the button until step information. 4 has been completed. FCC Notice:2. When the indicator light begins to flash This device complies with FCC rules part slowly (after 20 seconds), position the 15. Operation is subject to the following2-66 Instruments and controls
    • 3 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsKeys ............................................................................................. 3-2 Trunk ........................................................................................ 3-20 Intelligent Key ...................................................................... 3-2 Trunk open request switch ......................................... 3-20Doors ........................................................................................... 3-4 Trunk lid release switch ............................................... 3-20 Locking with inside lock knob ........................................ 3-5 Trunk release power cancel switch .......................... 3-21 Locking with power door lock switch ........................... 3-5 Opening and closing the trunk .................................. 3-21 Automatic door lock system ............................................ 3-5 Emergency trunk lid release ....................................... 3-22 Locking with mechanical key ........................................... 3-6 Fuel-filler door ....................................................................... 3-23 Opening the doors ............................................................ 3-7 Opening the fuel filler door ........................................ 3-24Intelligent Key system ............................................................. 3-8 Closing the fuel-filler door .......................................... 3-25 Intelligent Key functions .................................................... 3-9 Steering wheel ...................................................................... 3-26 Remote keyless entry functions ................................... 3-12 Tilt/telescopic steering column .................................. 3-26 Setting hazard indicator and horn mode .................. 3-13 Sun visors ............................................................................... 3-27 Warning signals ............................................................... 3-16 Mirrors ..................................................................................... 3-27 Troubleshooting guide ................................................... 3-17 Inside mirror .................................................................... 3-27Hood ......................................................................................... 3-18 Outside mirrors .............................................................. 3-28 Opening the hood ........................................................... 3-18 Vanity mirror .................................................................... 3-29 Closing the hood ............................................................. 3-19
    • KEYSA key number plate is supplied with your keys. process requires erasing all memory in theRecord the key number and keep it in a safe Intelligent Key components when registeringplace (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If new keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keysyou lose your keys, see a GT-R certified that you have to a GT-R certified NISSANNISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key dealer.number. NISSAN does not record any keynumbers so it is very important to keep track of NOTICEyour key number plate.A key number is only necessary when you have . Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keylost all keys and do not have one to duplicate with you when driving. The Intelli-from. If you still have a key, this key can be gent Key is a precision device with aduplicated by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. built-in transmitter. To avoid dama- ging it, please note the following. — The Intelligent Key is water 1. Intelligent Key (2 sets) resistant; however, wetting may 2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Keys) (2 sets) damage the Intelligent Key. If 3. Key number plate (1 set) the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is com- INTELLIGENT KEY pletely dry. Your vehicle can only be driven with the — Do not bend, drop or strike it Intelligent Keys which are registered to your against another object. vehicle’s Intelligent Key system components and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo- — Do not place the Intelligent Key nents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be for an extended period in a registered and used with one vehicle. The new place where temperatures ex- keys must be registered by a GT-R certified ceed 1408F (608C). NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent — If the outside temperature is Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer below 148F (−108C), the battery System of your vehicle. Since the registration of the Intelligent Key may not3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
    • function properly. CAUTION — Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key. Always carry the mechanical key in- stalled in the Intelligent Key. — Do not use a magnet key holder. — Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such Valet hand-off as a television set, personal When you have to leave a key with a valet, give computer or cellular phone. them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the — Do not allow the Intelligent Key mechanical key with you to protect your to come into contact with water belongings. or salt water, and do not wash it To prevent the glove box and the trunk from in a washing machine. This being opened during valet hand-off, follow the could affect the system function. procedures below. Mechanical key 1. Push the trunk release power cancel switch. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, To remove the mechanical key, release the lock to the OFF side. ( “Trunk release power NISSAN recommends erasing the ID knob at the back of the Intelligent Key. cancel switch” page 3-21) code of that Intelligent Key. This will To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into 2. Remove the mechanical key from the In- prevent the Intelligent Key from the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to telligent Key. unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle. For information regarding the lock position. 3. Lock the glove box with the mechanical key. the erasing procedure, please con- Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the ( “Glove box” page 2-57) tact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. doors and the glove box. ( “Locking with 4. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet, keeping mechanical key” page 3-6) ( “Glove box” the mechanical key in your pocket or bag for page 2-57) insertion into the Intelligent Key when you retrieve your vehicle. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3
    • DOORS automatically raised slightly. ( “Automatic WARNING NOTICE adjusting function” page 2-60) When the battery cable is removed from . Always have the doors locked while the battery terminal, do not close either driving. Along with the use of seat of the front doors. The automatic win- belts, this provides greater safety in dow adjusting function will not work, the event of an accident by helping and the side roof panel may be da- to prevent persons from being maged. ( “Automatic adjusting thrown from the vehicle. This also function” page 2-60) helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors, and will help keep out intruders. NOTE: . Before opening any door, always . The doors of this vehicle are somewhat look for and avoid oncoming traffic. harder to close than those of an ordinary vehicle (especially when the . Do not leave children unattended vehicle is new). This is because the inside the vehicle. They could un- stiffness of the rubber has been in- knowingly activate switches or con- creased to improve the airtightness of trols. Unattended children could the vehicle interior during situations become involved in serious acci- such as higher speed driving. This does dents. not indicate that there is a malfunction. . When the driver’s door is locked or unlocked, the fuel-filler door is auto- CAUTION matically locked or unlocked at the To prevent theft or accidents, be sure to same time. stop the engine and lock the doors When the door is being opened, the window is before stepping away from the vehicle. automatically lowered slightly to avoid contact between the window and the side roof panel. When the door is closed, the window is3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
    • NOTE: When locking the door this way, be sure not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle. To unlock the doors, push the power door lock switch to the unlock position * . 2 Lockout protection When the power door lock switch (driver or front passenger) is moved to the lock position with the Intelligent Key left in the key port and any door open, all doors will lock and unlock automatically. When the power door lock switch (driver or front passenger) is moved to the lock position withLOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle (not in theTo lock a door individually, push down the inside LOCK SWITCH Intelligent Key port) and any door open, all doorslock knob to the lock position * then close the 1 Operating the power door lock switch will lock will unlock automatically and a chime will sounddoor. or unlock all the doors. The switches are located after the door is closed.To unlock, lift up the inside lock knob to the on the driver’s and front passenger’s door These functions help to prevent the Intelligentunlock position * . 2 armrests. Key from being accidentally locked inside the To lock the doors, push the power door lock vehicle.NOTE: switch to the lock position * with the driver’s 1When locking the door without an Intelli- or front passenger’s door open, then close the AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK SYSTEMgent Key, be sure not to leave the Intelli- door. . All doors lock automatically when the vehiclegent Key inside the vehicle. speed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h). . All doors unlock automatically when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5
    • The automatic unlock function can bedeactivated or activated. To deactivate oractivate the automatic door unlock system,perform the following procedure:1. Close all doors.2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2, push and hold the power door lock switch to the position (UNLOCK) for more than 5 seconds.4. When activated, the hazard indicator will flash twice. When deactivated, the hazard indicator will flash once.5. The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY 2. With the outside door handle lifted up, use setting change. the mechanical key and turn the key cylinderWhen the automatic door unlock system is The driver’s door will be locked or unlocked cap * counterclockwise to remove. A using the mechanical key.deactivated, the doors do not unlock when the 1. Press the rear end of the driver’s outsideignition switch is placed in the OFF position. To door handle * to lift up the front end * . 1 2unlock the door manually, use the inside lockknob or the power door lock switch (driver’s orfront passenger’s side).3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
    • NOTE: . Do not pull too hard on the door handle when locking or unlocking the doors. Pulling too hard will prevent the me- chanical key from turning, making it impossible to lock or unlock the doors. . Unlocking the driver’s door using the mechanical key will not unlock the fuel- filler door.3. Turning the door key cylinder to the front of OPENING THE DOORS the vehicle * will lock the driver’s door, 1 and turning to the rear of the vehicle * will 2 Opening from outside the vehicle unlock the driver’s door. 1. Press the rear end of the outside door4. Replace the key cylinder cap in the reverse handle * to lift up the front end of the 1 order. handle. 2. Pull the front end of the outside door handle NOTICE * toward you. 2 Do not drive with the cap removed. Water that enters through the keyhole may cause a malfunction. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7
    • INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEMOpening from inside the vehicle WARNING CAUTIONLift up the inside door handle to open a doorfrom inside the vehicle. . Radio waves could adversely affect . Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key electric medical equipment. Those with you when operating the vehi- NOTICE who use a pacemaker should con- cle. tact the electric medical equipment . Never leave the Intelligent Key in Do not grasp the door pockets to open manufacturer for the possible influ- the vehicle when you leave the and close the doors. Doing so may ences before use. vehicle. damage the pockets. . The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are . The Intelligent Key is always communicating pushed. The Federal Aviation with the vehicle as it receives radio waves. Agency (FAA) advises the radio The Intelligent Key system transmits weak waves may affect aircraft navigation radio waves. Environmental conditions may and communication systems. Do not interfere with the operation of the Intelligent operate the Intelligent Key while on Key system under the following operating an airplane. Make sure the buttons conditions. In such cases, correct the are not operated unintentionally operating conditions before using the In- when the unit is stored for a flight. telligent Key function or use the mechanical key. The Intelligent Key system can operate all the — When operating near a location where door locks using the remote controller function strong radio waves are transmitted, such or pushing the request switch on the vehicle as a TV tower, power station and broad- without taking the key out from a pocket or casting station. purse. The operating environment and/or condi- — When in possession of wireless equip- tions may affect the Intelligent Key system ment, such as a cellular telephone, operation. transceiver, and CB radio. Be sure to read the following before using the — When the Intelligent Key is in contact Intelligent Key system. with or covered by metallic materials.3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
    • — When any type of radio wave remote The close distance to the door handle will control is used nearby. cause the Intelligent Key system to have — When the Intelligent Key is placed near difficulty recognizing that the Intelligent Key an electric appliance such as a personal is outside the vehicle. computer. . After locking the doors, check that the doors — When the vehicle is parked near a are securely locked by testing them. parking meter. . To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left. Although the life of the battery varies inside the vehicle, make sure you carry the depending on the operating conditions, the key with you and then lock the doors. battery’s life is approximately 2 years. If the . To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left battery is discharged, replace it with a new inside the trunk, make sure you carry the key one. ( “Intelligent Key battery replace- with you and then close the trunk. ment” page 8-26) . Do not pull the door handle before pushing. Since the Intelligent Key is continuously the door handle request switch. The door receiving radio waves, if the key is left near Intelligent Key operating range will be unlocked but will not open. Release equipment which transmits strong radio The Intelligent Key functions can only be used the door handle once and pull it again to waves, such as signals from a TV and when the Intelligent Key is within the specified open the door. personal computer, the battery life may operating range from the request switch. The become shorter. INTELLIGENT KEY FUNCTIONS operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm) from. Because the steering wheel is locked It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, fuel-filler each request switch. electrically, unlocking the steering wheel door and trunk lid by pushing the request switch NOTE: with the ignition switch in the LOCK position on the outside door handles and the trunk lid. . When the Intelligent Key battery is is impossible when the vehicle battery is discharged or strong radio waves are completely discharged. Pay special atten- present near the operating location, tion that the vehicle battery is not completely the Intelligent Key system’s operating discharged. range becomes narrower, and the In-. Do not push the door handle request switch telligent Key may not function properly. with the Intelligent Key held in your hand. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9
    • . If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass, handle or rear bumper, the request switches may not function.. When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for any- one who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock/ unlock the doors. Intelligent Key operation When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door You can lock or unlock the doors without taking handle request switch * within the range of A the key out from your pocket or bag. operation. NOTE: . When the driver’s door is locked or unlocked, the fuel-filler door is auto- matically locked or unlocked at the same time. . When you lock or unlock the doors or the trunk lid, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn (or the outside chime) will sound as a confirmation. ( “Setting hazard indicator and3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
    • horn mode” page 3-13) Unlocking doors:Locking doors: 1. Push the driver’s or front passenger’s door handle request switch once while carrying1. Move the shift lever to the & position, push P the Intelligent Key with you. the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with 2. The hazard indicator flashes once and out- you. side chime sounds once. The corresponding door will unlock.2. Close all the doors. 3. Push the door handle request switch again3. Push the driver’s or front passenger’s door within 1 minute. handle request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you. 4. The hazard indicator flashes once and out- side chime sounds once again. All the doors4. All the doors will lock. will unlock.5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the outside chime sounds twice. NOTE:NOTE: All doors will be locked automatically. Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key unless one of the following operations is while the ignition switch is in the ACC performed within 1 minute after pushing or ON position. the request switch while the doors are locked. If during this 1-minute time period,. Doors will not lock with the Intelligent the request switch is pushed, all doors will Key while any door is open. be locked automatically after another 1. Doors will not lock by pushing the door minute. handle request switch with the Intelli- . Opening any door gent Key inside the vehicle. . Pushing the ignition switch However, when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, doors can be locked with another registered Intelligent Key. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11
    • Opening trunk lid: REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNC-1. Push the trunk open request switch * for A TIONS more than 1 second. It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, fuel-filler2. The trunk will unlatch. An outside chime will door, and activate the panic alarm by pushing sound four times. the buttons on the Intelligent Key.3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk. NOTE:NOTE: Before locking the doors, make sure the. To prevent the Intelligent Key from Intelligent Key is not left in the vehicle. being accidentally locked in the trunk, lockout protection is equipped with the Remote keyless entry operating Intelligent Key system. range. When the trunk lid is closed with the The LOCK/UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Intelligent Key inside the trunk, the Key can operate at a distance of approximately outside buzzer will sound and the trunk 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The effective distance depends upon the conditions around Remote keyless entry operation will open. the vehicle.) NOTE:Battery saver system The lock and unlock buttons on the Intelligent . When the driver’s door is locked orWhen all the following conditions are met for 60 Key will not operate when: unlocked, the fuel-filler door is auto-minutes, the battery saver system will cut off the . the distance between the Intelligent Key and matically locked or unlocked at thepower supply to prevent battery discharge. the vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m). same time.. The ignition switch is in the ACC position, . the Intelligent Key battery runs down. . When you lock or unlock the doors or and the trunk lid, the hazard indicator will The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range varies. All doors are closed, and depending on the environment. To securely flash and the horn (or the outside chime) will sound as a confirmation.. The shift lever is in the & position. P operate the lock and unlock buttons, approach ( “Setting hazard indicator and the vehicle to about 3 ft (1 m) from the door. horn mode” page 3-13)3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
    • Locking doors: All doors will be locked automatically unless one should be pushed for more than 11. Move the shift lever to the & position, push P of the following operations is performed within 1 second to turn the panic alarm off.) the ignition switch to the OFF position, and minute after pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key while the doors are locked. If SETTING HAZARD INDICATOR AND make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you. during this 1-minute time period, the UNLOCK HORN MODE2. Close all the doors. button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all doors This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn will be locked automatically after another 13. Push the LOCK button * on the 1 mode when you first receive the vehicle. minute. When you lock/unlock the doors, the hazard Intelligent Key.4. All the doors will lock. . Opening any door indicator will flash and the horn (or the outside5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the . Pushing the ignition switch chime) will sound as a confirmation. horn chirps once. The following descriptions show how the hazard Opening trunk lid: indicator and horn will activate when locking/NOTE: 1. Push the TRUNK button * on the 3 unlocking the doors and how the horn feature. Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key Intelligent Key for more than 1 second. can be deactivated. while the ignition switch is in the ACC 2. The trunk will unlatch. or ON position. 3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.. Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Using panic alarm: Key while any door is open. If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,Unlocking doors: you may activate the alarm to call attention as1. Push the UNLOCK button * on the 2 follows: Intelligent Key once. 1. Push the PANIC button * on the 42. The hazard indicator flashes once. The Intelligent Key for more than 1 second. driver’s door will unlock. 2. The theft warning alarm and headlights will3. Push the UNLOCK button * on the 2 stay on for 25 seconds. Intelligent Key again within 60 seconds. 3. The panic alarm stops when:4. The hazard indicator flashes once again. All . It has run for 25 seconds, or . Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key the doors will unlock. are pushed. (Note: the panic button Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13
    • Hazard indicator and horn mode DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK Intelligent Key system HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once HAZARD - none (Using door handle request OUTSIDE CHIME - OUTSIDE CHIME - OUTSIDE CHIME - 4 switch or trunk open request twice once times switch) Remote keyless entry sys- tem HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once HAZARD - none (Using , or button) HORN - once HORN - none HORN - none3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
    • Hazard indicator mode Switching procedure The horn beep feature can be deactivated with DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK the following procedures. Intelligent Key system 1. Push the LOCK and UNLOCK (Using door handle request HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none HAZARD - none buttons simultaneously for more than 2 switch or trunk open request switch) seconds. Remote keyless entry sys- 2. The hazard indicator flashes 3 times. tem HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none HAZARD - none 3. The horn beep feature will be deactivated (Using , or button) (Hazard indicator mode). 4. To reactivate the horn beep feature (Hazard indicator and horn mode), push the buttons once more. The hazard indicator flashes once and the horn beeps once. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15
    • WARNING SIGNALSTo help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly due to an erroneous operation ofthe Intelligent Key listed on the following chart orto help prevent the vehicle from being stolen, achime or beep sounds inside and outside thevehicle and a warning displays in the vehicleinformation display. ( “Warning display”page 2-32) ( “Operation displays” page2-41)When a chime or beep sounds or a warningdisplays, be sure to check the vehicle and theIntelligent Key.3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
    • TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Symptom Possible cause Action to take The shift lever is not in the & position. Shift the shift lever to the & position.When pushing the ignition The SHIFT P warning appears on the display and P Pswitch to stop the engine the inside warning chime sounds continuously. The ignition switch is in the ACC Push the ignition switch to the OFFWhen opening the driver’s door position. position. The inside warning chime sounds continuously.to get out of the vehicle The Intelligent Key is in the Intelligent Remove the Intelligent Key from the Key port. Intelligent Key port. The NO KEY warning appears on the display, the outside chime sounds 3 times and the inside The ignition switch is in the ACC or Push the ignition switch to the OFF warning chime sounds for approximately 3 sec- ON position. position.When closing the door after onds.getting out of the vehicle The ignition switch is in the ACC or Move the shift lever to the & position and P The SHIFT P warning appears on the display and OFF position and the shift lever is not push the ignition switch to the OFF in the & the outside chime sounds continuously. P position. position.When closing the door with the The outside chime sounds for approximately 3 The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you.inside lock knob turned to LOCK seconds and all the doors unlock. or trunk. The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you. or trunk.When pushing the door handle The outside chime sounds for approximately 2 A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.request switch to lock the door seconds. The door handle request switch is Push the door handle request switch after pushed before the door is closed. the door is closed. The outside chime sounds for approximately 10 Carry the Intelligent Key with you.When closing the trunk lid The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk. seconds and the trunk lid opens. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17
    • HOOD 2. Pull the lever * at the front of the hood 2 3. Grasp the insulated part of the stay * and 3OPENING THE HOOD with your fingertips and raise the hood. release it from the hook, then securely insert1. Pull the hood lock release handle * 1 it into the hood hole * . 4 located below the instrument panel. The hood will then spring up slightly. WARNING If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment, do not open the hood. Doing so could cause injury.3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
    • accident. CAUTION . Be sure to check that the hood is. Do not insert hands, clothing, tools securely closed before driving. If or other items into the engine both sides of the hood are not compartment while the engine is locked in place, the hood may open running. during driving, possibly causing an. Do not touch the exhaust system accident. parts, radiator or other hot parts until the engine and the parts have cooled. CAUTION When closing the hood, lower it slowly NOTICE so that hands or other items do not get caught.Do not open the hood while the wiper CLOSING THE HOODarms are lifted away from the wind- 1. While supporting the hood, store the stay to NOTE:shield. The hood and wipers will be the original position.damaged. Because the hood of this vehicle requires 2. Slowly lower the hood. When it is at a height more force to close than that for other of 1 ft (30 cm) or higher, drop the hood and vehicles, the hood will be difficult to close make sure that both sides of the hood if you lower it all the way and then attempt securely lock in place. to press it closed. Be sure to drop the hood from a height of approximately 1 ft (30 cm) WARNING and be sure that both sides securely lock in place. . Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving. Failure to do so could cause the hood to open and result in an Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19
    • TRUNK WARNING . Do not drive with the trunk lid open. This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle. ( “Exhaust gas (carbon monox- ide)” page 5-3) . Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured. Keep the car locked, with the trunk closed, when not in use, and prevent children’s access to Intelligent Keys. TRUNK OPEN REQUEST SWITCH TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCH The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the Press the trunk lid release switch downwards to trunk open request switch * when the A unlock the trunk. Intelligent Key is within the operating range of the trunk lock/unlock function regardless of the inside lock knob position. ( “Intelligent Key system” page 3-8)3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
    • you. ( “Valet hand-off” page 3-3) To connect the power to the trunk lid, push the switch to the ON position * . 2TRUNK RELEASE POWER CANCEL OPENING AND CLOSING THESWITCH TRUNKWhen the switch located inside the glove box is When opening the trunk, first unlock it then liftin the OFF position * , the power to the trunk 1 up the trunk lid so that it is fully open.lid will be canceled and the trunk lid cannot be When closing the trunk, lower the trunk lid andopened by the trunk lid release switch, the trunk press it until it is securely locked in place. Theopen request switch or the TRUNK button on strap * can be used when the trunk lid is dirty. Athe Intelligent Key.When you have to leave the vehicle with a valet NOTICEand want to keep your belongings safe in theglove box and the trunk, push this switch to OFF . Open and close the trunk withoutand lock the glove box with the mechanical key. grasping the rear spoiler. GraspingThen leave the vehicle and the Intelligent Key the rear spoiler to open or close thewith the valet and keep the mechanical key with trunk may damage the spoiler. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21
    • . Do not leave the key inside the allows opening of the trunk lid in the event that trunk. people become locked inside the trunk or in the event of the loss of electrical power such as a discharged battery.NOTE:. To prevent the Intelligent Key from Inside the trunk being accidentally locked in the trunk, To open the trunk lid from the inside, pull the lockout protection is equipped with the release handle * until the lock releases and 1 Intelligent Key system. When the trunk push up on the trunk lid. The release lever is lid is closed with the Intelligent Key made of a material that glows in the dark after a inside the trunk, the outside buzzer will brief exposure to ambient light. sound and the trunk will open. The handle is located on the back of the trunk lid. The trunk of this vehicle is slightly as illustrated. more difficult to close than an ordinary vehicle (particularly when the vehicle is new). This is because the trunk rigidity EMERGENCY TRUNK LID RELEASE has been increased to handle the high load on the rear spoiler during vehicle WARNING operation. This does not indicate that there is a malfunction. Check that the Closely supervise children when they trunk is securely locked. are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured. Keep the car locked, with the trunk lid securely latched, when not in use, and prevent children’s access to Intelligent Keys. The emergency trunk lid release mechanism3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
    • FUEL-FILLER DOOR The fuel-filler door is located on the right and rear side of the vehicle. WARNING . Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions. You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled. Always stop engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling. . Do not attempt to top off the fuelFrom the passenger compartment 2. Insert the mechanical key into the emer- tank after the fuel pump nozzle gency trunk lid opener and turn it clockwise shuts off automatically. ContinuedThe trunk can be opened with the emergency until it stops. refueling may cause fuel overflow,trunk lid opener located on the floor in front of resulting in fuel spray and possiblythe passenger’s seat. NOTE: a fire.1. Remove the board located on the floor in Because the trunk rigidity has been in- creased to handle the high load on the rear . Use only an original equipment type front of the passenger’s seat. spoiler during vehicle operation, more fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It force is required to operate the mechanical has a built-in safety valve needed key (particularly when the vehicle is new). for proper operation of the fuel Be sure to turn the key clockwise until it system and emission control sys- stops. tem. An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury. It could also cause the mal- function indicator light to come on. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23
    • . Never pour fuel into the throttle filler tube, then tighten until the OPENING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR body to attempt to start your vehi- fuel-filler cap clicks. Failure to tight- 1. Unlock the fuel-filler door by using one of the cle. en the fuel-filler cap properly may following operations. cause the Malfunction Indicator . Push the door handle request switch . Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer. Static elec- Light (MIL) to illuminate. If the with the Intelligent Key carried with you. light illuminates because the fuel- . Push the UNLOCK button on the In- tricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid, vapor or gas in filler cap is loose or missing, tighten telligent Key. or install the cap and continue to . Push the power door lock switch to the any vehicle or trailer. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when drive the vehicle. The light UNLOCK position. filling portable fuel containers: should turn off after a few driving trips. If the light does not turn — Always place the container on off after a few driving trips, have the the ground when filling. vehicle inspected by a GT-R certified — Do not use electronic devices NISSAN dealer. when filling. ( “Malfunction Indicator Light — Keep the pump nozzle in contact (MIL)” page 2-30) with the container while you are . This vehicle includes a system that filling it. can supply fuel even during high-G — Use only approved portable fuel (gravity) turns. The fuel tank pres- containers for flammable liquid. sure is higher when the vehicle is hot. If the vehicle is refueled when the vehicle is hot, the fuel pump may NOTICE automatically shut off before the tank is full. This does not indicate . If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, that there is a malfunction. flush it away with water to avoid paint damage. . Insert the cap straight into the fuel-3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
    • . Push the power door lock switch to the LOCK position. NOTE: After a single click is heard and the cap is released it may move slightly. This is not a malfunction.2. Press the rear side of the fuel-filler door to 3. Turn the cap * slowly counterclockwise to 1 release the door lock, and open the door. remove it. During refueling, place the cap on the inside of the door * . 2 CLOSING THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR 1. Turn the cap clockwise until a single click sound is heard. 2. Close the door. Lock the fuel-filler door by using one of the following operations. . Push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key carried with you. . Push the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25
    • STEERING WHEEL WARNING . Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci- dent. . Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort. The driver’s air bag inflates with great force. If you are unrest- rained, leaning forward, sitting side- ways or out of position in any way, you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash. You may also TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING COL- Telescopic adjustment receive serious or fatal injuries from UMN This adjusts the forward/backward position of the air bag if you are up against it the steering wheel. Tilt adjustment when it inflates. Always sit back This adjusts up/down the position of the 1. Press lever * B down *. 1 against the seatback and as far steering wheel. 2. Move the steering wheel forward/backward away as practical from the steering wheel. Always use the seat belts. 1. Press lever * A down *. 1 * and stop it in an appropriate position. 2 3. Lift up lever * to lock the steering wheel in B 2. Move the steering wheel up/down * 2 and position * . 3 stop it in an appropriate position. 3. Lift up lever * to lock the steering wheel in A position * . 33-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
    • SUN VISORS MIRRORS rearview mirror operate normally. The indicator light will turn off. Push the “I” switch * to turn D the system on. NOTICE Do not allow any object to cover the sensors * or apply glass cleaner on E them. Doing so will reduce the sensi- tivity of the sensor, resulting in impro- per operation.Lower the sun visor to block sunlight coming INSIDE MIRRORfrom the forward direction. The inside mirror is designed so that itTo block sunlight coming from the side, lower automatically changes reflection according tothe sun visor, then unclip it from the hook and the intensity of the headlights of the followingmove it to the side. vehicle. The anti-glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position. When the anti-glare system is turned on, the indicator light * will illuminate and excessive A glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced. Push the “*” switch * C to make the inside Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27
    • Adjusting the outside mirrors 1. Turn the switch right or left to select the right or left side mirror * . 1 2. Operate the control switch * to adjust the 2 mirror angle. WARNING Adjust the mirrors before starting to drive. Adjusting the mirrors during driv- ing is dangerous as it reduces the driver’s attention to the forward direc- tion.OUTSIDE MIRRORS Folding the outside mirrors Push the switch down * 2 to fold the outside WARNING mirrors. Objects viewed in the outside mirror on Push the switch up * 1 to unfold the mirrors before driving. the passenger side are closer than they appear. Be careful when moving to the right. Using only this mirror could cause CAUTION an accident. Use the inside mirror or . Do not touch the mirrors while they glance over your shoulder to properly are moving. Your hand may be judge distances to other objects. pinched, and the mirror may mal- function.The outside mirror will operate only when the . Do not drive with the mirrors stored.ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position. You will be unable to see behind the3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
    • vehicle. . If the mirrors were folded or un- folded by hand, there is a chance that the mirror will move forward or backward during driving. If the mir- rors were folded or unfolded by hand, be sure to adjust them again electrically before driving.NOTE:. If the switch is operated continuously, the mirror may stop before movement is completed. This does not indicate that there is a malfunction. Wait a few moments, then operate the switch VANITY MIRROR again. To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sun. If the mirrors were folded or unfolded visor and pull up the cover. by hand, the mirrors may start moving when the ignition switch is set to the ACC or ON position.. When the ignition switch is in the ON position, operating the rear window defroster will also remove frost and fog from the outside mirrors. ( “Rear window defroster switch” page 2-48) Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-29
    • MEMO3-30 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
    • 4 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systemsMulti function display Owner’s Manual .............................. 4-2
    • MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAYOWNER’S MANUALRefer to the separate Multi Function DisplayOwner’s Manual that includes the followinginformation.. Multi function display system. Navigation. Audio system. Bluetooth® hands-free phone system. Heater and air conditioner. Viewing information. Other settings. Voice recognition. Monitor system. Multi function meter. General system information4-2 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems
    • 5 Starting and drivingPrecautions when starting and driving ............................... 5-3 Turbocharger system ........................................................... 5-31 Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ..................................... 5-3 R mode start function ......................................................... 5-32 Three-way catalyst ............................................................. 5-3 How to use R mode start function ........................... 5-33 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ................... 5-4 Parking brake ......................................................................... 5-33 Avoiding collision and rollover ........................................ 5-7 Cruise control ........................................................................ 5-34 Off-road recovery ............................................................... 5-7 Precautions on cruise control .................................... 5-35 Rapid air pressure loss ..................................................... 5-8 Steering-wheel-mounted controls ............................ 5-35 Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ................................ 5-8 Indicators and display .................................................. 5-36 All-Wheel Drive (AWD) driving safety precautions .... 5-9 Cruise control operations ........................................... 5-36Push-button ignition switch ................................................... 5-9 Hill Start Assist ..................................................................... 5-38 Operating range for engine start ................................ 5-10 Break-in schedule ................................................................ 5-39 Ignition switch operation ............................................... 5-10 Wheel alignment ........................................................... 5-39 Ignition switch positions ................................................ 5-10 Increasing fuel economy ..................................................... 5-40 Emergency engine shut off ........................................... 5-11 All-Wheel Drive (AWD) ...................................................... 5-41 Intelligent Key battery discharge ................................. 5-11 AWD warning light ....................................................... 5-41Before starting the engine .................................................. 5-13 Tight corner braking phenomenon ........................... 5-42Starting the engine ............................................................... 5-13 Tires .................................................................................. 5-43Driving the vehicle ................................................................ 5-15 AWD system characteristics ...................................... 5-43 Dual clutch transmission ............................................... 5-15 Limited Slip Differential (LSD) .......................................... 5-44 Driving tips ........................................................................ 5-21 Parking/parking on hills ....................................................... 5-45VDC, transmission and suspension setup switches .... 5-24 Power steering ...................................................................... 5-46 How to switch the modes ............................................ 5-25 Brake system ......................................................................... 5-47 Features of each mode .................................................. 5-27 Braking precautions ..................................................... 5-47 Parking brake break-in ................................................. 5-47
    • Brake assist ............................................................................ 5-48 Battery .............................................................................. 5-51 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ................................ 5-48 Draining of coolant water ............................................ 5-51Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ......................... 5-49 Tire equipment ............................................................... 5-52Cold weather driving ............................................................ 5-51 Special winter equipment ........................................... 5-52 Freeing a frozen door lock ............................................ 5-51 Driving on snow or ice ................................................ 5-52 Anti-freeze ......................................................................... 5-51 Engine block heater (if so equipped) ...................... 5-53
    • PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide) circulate the air. WARNING . The exhaust system and body. Do not leave children or adults who WARNING should be inspected by a qualified would normally require the support mechanic whenever: . Do not breathe exhaust gases; they of others alone in your vehicle. Pets contain colorless and odorless car- — The vehicle is raised for service. should not be left alone either. They bon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is — You suspect that exhaust fumes could accidentally injure themselves dangerous. It can cause uncon- are entering into the passenger or others through inadvertent op- sciousness or death. compartment. eration of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, temperatures in a . If you suspect that exhaust fumes — You notice a change in the closed vehicle could quickly become are entering the vehicle, drive with sound of the exhaust system. high enough to cause severe or all windows fully open, and have the — You have had an accident invol- possibly fatal injuries to people or vehicle inspected immediately. ving damage to the exhaust animals. . Do not run the engine in closed system, underbody, or rear of. Closely supervise children when spaces such as a garage. the vehicle. they are around cars to prevent . Do not park the vehicle with the them from playing and becoming engine running for any extended locked in the trunk where they could length of time. THREE-WAY CATALYST be seriously injured. Keep the car The three-way catalyst is an emission control . Keep the trunk lid closed while locked, with the rear seatback and device installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust driving, otherwise exhaust gases trunk lid securely latched when not gases in the three-way catalyst are burned at could be drawn into the passenger in use, and prevent children’s access high temperatures to help reduce pollutants. compartment. If you must drive with to car keys. the trunk lid open, follow these precautions: a. Open all the windows. b. Set the air recirculation to off and the fan control to high to Starting and driving 5-3
    • conditions are detected. Have the the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you WARNING vehicle inspected promptly by a should stop and check your tires as soon as GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. possible, and inflate them to the proper pres- . The exhaust gas and the exhaust sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire system are very hot. Keep people, . Avoid driving with an extremely low causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire animals or flammable materials fuel level. Running out of fuel could failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi- away from the exhaust system com- cause the engine to misfire, dama- ciency and tire tread life, and may affect the ponents. ging the three-way catalyst. vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. . Do not stop or park the vehicle over . Do not race the engine while warm- If the vehicle is being driven with one or more flat flammable materials such as dry ing it up. tires, the run-flat tire warning light will illuminate grass, waste paper or rags. They continuously and a chime will sound for 10 . Do not push or tow your vehicle to may ignite and cause a fire. seconds. The chime will only sound at the first start the engine. indication of a flat tire, and the warning light will illuminate continuously. When the Flat tire NOTICE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING warning is activated, have the system reset SYSTEM (TPMS) and the tire checked and replaced if necessary . Do not use leaded gasoline. Depos- by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. Even if the its from leaded gasoline seriously Each tire should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recom- tire is inflated to the specified COLD tire reduce the three-way catalyst’s abil- pressure, the warning light will continue to ity to help reduce exhaust pollu- mended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If illuminate until the system is reset by a GT-R tants. certified NISSAN dealer. Your vehicle can be your vehicle has tires of a different size than the . Keep your engine tuned up. Mal- size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire driven for a limited time on a flat tire. ( “Run- functions in the ignition, fuel injec- inflation pressure label, you should determine flat tires” page 8-37) tion, or electrical systems can cause the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for overrich fuel flow into the three-way As an added safety feature, your vehicle has proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s catalyst, causing it to overheat. Do been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, not keep driving if the engine mis- System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire even if under-inflation has not reached the level fires, or if noticeable loss of perfor- pressure telltale when one or more of your tires to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire mance or other unusual operating is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when pressure telltale.5-4 Starting and driving
    • Your vehicle has also been equipped with a Additional information nitrogen for tire inflation. Because nitrogenTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the is more stable than compressed air, it is less . The TPMS will activate only when thesystem is not operating properly. The TPMS prone to pressure fluctuation resulting from vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPHmalfunction indicator is combined with the low temperature variations. If nitrogen is not (25 km/h). Also, this system may not detecttire pressure telltale. When the system detects a available, compressed air may be safely a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example amalfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi- used under normal driving conditions. How- flat tire while driving).mately one minute and then remain continuously ever, NISSAN recommends refilling withilluminated. This sequence will continue upon . The low tire pressure warning light does not Nitrogen for maximum tire performance.subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the automatically turn off when the tire pressure . The Tire and Loading Information label (alsomalfunction exists. When the malfunction indi- is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the referred to as the vehicle placard or tirecator is illuminated, the system may not be able recommended pressure, the vehicle must be inflation pressure label) is located in theto detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) driver’s door opening.TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tirereasons, including the installation of replace- pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure . You can also check the pressure of all tiresment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle gauge to check the tire pressure. on the multi function display. Refer to thethat prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. separate Multi Function Display Owner’s . Tire pressure rises and falls depending onAlways check the TPMS malfunction telltale Manual. the heat caused by the vehicle’s operationafter replacing one or more tires or wheels on and the outside temperature. Low outside . The tire pressure sensor should be resetyour vehicle to ensure that the replacement or temperature can lower the temperature of anytime the wheels or tires are removed oralternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to the air inside the tire which can cause a replaced.continue to function properly. lower tire inflation pressure. Altitude can . If the tire is removed in order to replace the also affect tire pressure. These may cause tire pressure sensor battery, it may not be the low tire pressure warning light to possible to reuse the removed tire from the illuminate. If the warning light illuminates, wheel. To replace the tire pressure sensor check the tire pressure for all four tires. battery, contact a GT-R certified NISSAN . GT-R vehicles are delivered from the factory dealer. with nitrogen-filled tires. For best perfor- mance, NISSAN recommends that GT-R owners maintain their vehicles by using Starting and driving 5-5
    • bility is reduced, which could lead to the tire pressure sensors. WARNING an accident and personal injury. . If the low tire pressure warning light Also, driving a long distance at high illuminates or LOW PRESSURE in- speeds may damage the tires. NOTICE formation is displayed on the moni- . Do not drive at speeds above 50 tor screen while driving, avoid MPH (80 km/h) and do not drive . The TPMS may not function properly sudden steering maneuvers or when the wheels are equipped with more than 50 miles (80 km) with a abrupt braking, reduce vehicle tire chains or the wheels are buried punctured run-flat tire. The actual speed, pull off the road to a safe in snow. distance the vehicle can be driven location and stop the vehicle as on a flat tire depends on outside . The TPMS may not function properly soon as possible. Driving with un- temperature, vehicle load, road con- if the TPMS sensor is not reset and der-inflated tires may permanently ditions and other factors. when wheels/tires from another damage the tires and increase the GT-R are installed on your vehicle. . When a wheel is replaced, the TPMS likelihood of tire failure. Serious . The TPMS will not function properly will not function and the low tire vehicle damage could occur and if non-GT-R specified wheels are pressure warning light will flash for may lead to an accident and could installed on the vehicle. approximately 1 minute. The light result in serious personal injury. will remain on after 1 minute. Con- . Do not place metalized film or any Check the tire pressure for all four tact your GT-R certified NISSAN metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the dealer as soon as possible for tire windows. This may cause poor re- recommended COLD tire pressure replacement and/or system reset- ception of the signals from the tire shown on the Tire and Loading ting. pressure sensors, and the TPMS will Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light off. If the . Replacing tires with those not ori- not function properly. light still illuminates while driving ginally specified by NISSAN could after adjusting the tire pressure, a affect the proper operation of the Some devices and transmitters may temporarily tire may be flat. TPMS. interfere with the operation of the TPMS and . Although you can continue driving . Do not inject any tire liquid or cause the low tire pressure warning light to with a punctured run-flat tire, re- aerosol tire sealant into the tires, illuminate. Some examples are: member that vehicle handling sta- as this may cause a malfunction of . Facilities or electric devices using similar5-6 Starting and driving
    • radio frequencies are near the vehicle. AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL- significantly more likely to be injured or. If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is OVER killed than a person properly wearing a being used in or near the vehicle. seat belt.. If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/ WARNING OFF-ROAD RECOVERY AC converter is being used in or near the While driving, the right side or left side wheels vehicle. Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe may unintentionally leave the road surface. If this and prudent manner may result in lossFCC Notice: occurs, maintain control of the vehicle by of control or an accident.For USA: following the procedure below. Please note thatThis device complies with Part 15 of the this procedure is only a general guide. TheFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey vehicle must be driven as appropriate based onfollowing two conditions: (1) This device all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed, the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.may not cause harmful interference, and high speed cornering, or sudden steering 1. Remain calm and do not overreact.(2) this device must accept any interfer- maneuvers, because these driving practices 2. Do not apply the brakes.ence received, including interference that could cause you to lose control of your vehicle. 3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelmay cause undesired operation. As with any vehicle, a loss of control could with both hands and try to hold a straight result in a collision with other vehicles orNote: Changes or modifications not ex- course. objects, or cause the vehicle to rollover,pressly approved by the party responsible 4. When appropriate, slowly release the accel- particularly if the loss of control causes thefor compliance could void the user’s erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle. vehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at allauthority to operate the equipment. 5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the times, and avoid driving when tired. Never driveFor Canada: when under the influence of alcohol or drugs vehicle to follow the road while the vehicleThis device complies with RSS-210 of (including prescription or over-the-counter speed is reduced. Do not attempt to driveIndustry Canada. Operation is subject to drugs which may cause drowsiness). Always the vehicle back onto the road surface untilthe following two conditions: (1) this wear your seat belt as outlined in this manual, vehicle speed is reduced.device may not cause interference, and and also instruct your passengers to do so. 6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn the(2) this device must accept any interfer- ( “Seat belts” page 1-6) steering wheel until both tires return to theence, including interference that may Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in road surface. When all tires are on the roadcause undesired operation of the device. collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an surface, steer the vehicle to stay in the unbelted or improperly belted person is appropriate driving lane. Starting and driving 5-7
    • . If you decide that it is not safe to return 6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and the vehicle to the road surface based on WARNING contact a roadside emergency service to vehicle, road or traffic conditions, gradu- change the tire. ally slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe The following actions can increase the place off the road. chance of losing control of the vehicle if DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND there is a sudden loss of tire air DRIVINGRAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS pressure. Losing control of the vehicleRapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can may cause a collision and result in personal injury. WARNINGoccur if the tire is punctured or is damaged dueto hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure . The vehicle generally moves or pulls Never drive under the influence ofloss can also be caused by driving on under- in the direction of the flat tire. alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood-inflated tires. stream reduces coordination, delays . Do not rapidly apply the brakes.Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling reaction time and impairs judgement.and stability of the vehicle, especially at highway . Do not rapidly release the accelera- Driving after drinking alcohol increasesspeeds. tor pedal. the likelihood of being involved in anHelp prevent rapid air pressure loss by main- . Do not rapidly turn the steering accident injuring yourself and others.taining the correct air pressure and visually wheel. Additionally, if you are injured in aninspect the tires for wear and damage. accident, alcohol can increase the se-( “Wheels and tires” page 8-31) verity of the injury. 1. Remain calm and do not overreact.If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out” 2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwhile driving maintain control of the vehicle by with both hands and try to hold a straight NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,following the procedure below. Please note that course. you must choose not to drive under the influencethis procedure is only a general guide. The of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are 3. When appropriate, slowly release the accel- injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents.vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic. Although the local laws vary on what is 4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location considered to be legally intoxicated, the fact is off the road and away from traffic if possible. that alcohol affects all people differently and 5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually most people underestimate the effects of stop the vehicle. alcohol.5-8 Starting and driving
    • PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHRemember, drinking and driving don’t mix! And may result in drivetrain damage orthat is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, unexpected vehicle movement WARNINGprescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive if which could result in serious vehicleyour ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by damage or personal injury. Do not operate the push-button ignitionalcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition. switch while driving the vehicle except . Do not attempt to test an AWD in an emergency. (The engine will stopALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) DRIVING equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy- when the ignition switch is pushedSAFETY PRECAUTIONS namometer, (such as the dynam- three consecutive times or the ignition ometers used by some states for switch is pushed and held for more than emissions testing), or similar equip- 2 seconds.) If the engine stops while WARNING ment even if the other two wheels the vehicle is being driven, this could . Do not drive beyond the perfor- are raised off the ground. Make sure lead to a crash and serious injury. mance capability of the tires, even you inform test facility personnel with AWD engaged. Accelerating that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a Before operating the push-button ignition quickly, sharp steering maneuvers switch, be sure to move the shift lever to the or sudden braking may cause loss dynamometer. Using the wrong test of control. equipment may result in drivetrain & position. P damage or unexpected vehicle . Always use the specified tires on all movement which could result in four wheels. Install tire chains on serious vehicle damage or personal the rear wheels when driving on injury. slippery roads and drive carefully. . When a wheel is off the ground due . This vehicle is not designed for to an unlevel surface, do not spin offroad (rough road) use. Do not the wheel excessively. drive on sandy or muddy roads that tires may get stuck in. . Do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the trans- mission to any &↔& or & position A M R with the engine running. Doing so Starting and driving 5-9
    • IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK (Normal parking position) The ignition switch can only be locked in this position. The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key inserted in the port. ACC (Accessories) This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio, when the engine is not running.OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION ON (Normal operating position)START When the Intelligent Key is carried with you and This position turns on the ignition system andThe operating range for starting the engine the ignition switch is pushed without depressing electrical accessories.inside the vehicle is shown in the illustration. the brake pedal, the ignition switch position will change as follows: OFF. If the Intelligent Key is on the instrument . Push center once to change to ACC. The engine can be turned off without locking the panel, rear parcel shelf, inside the glove box, steering wheel. door pocket, cup holders or console box, or . Push center two times to change to ON. the corner of the passenger compartment, it The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition . Push center three times to change to OFF. switch cannot be switched to the LOCK position may not be possible to start the engine. Carry the Intelligent-Key and try to start the (No position illuminates.) until the shift lever is moved to the & position. P engine again. . Push center four times to return to ACC.. If the Intelligent Key is near the door or door . Open or close any door to return to LOCK glass outside the vehicle, it may be possible during the OFF position. to start the engine.5-10 Starting and driving
    • NOTE: — The ignition switch is in the ACC. If the steering lock release malfunction position, and indicator appears on the vehicle infor- — All doors are closed, and mation display when the ignition — The shift lever is in the & position. P switch is pressed, press the ignition switch again while gently turning the . Do not leave the vehicle with the steering wheel left and right. ignition switch in the ACC or ON ( “Steering lock release malfunc- position when the engine is not run- tion indicator” page 2-42) ning for an extended period of time. This can discharge the battery.. If the shift & warning appears on the P vehicle information display when the EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF ignition switch is pushed, the shift lever To shut off the engine in an emergency situation is in any position except the & posi- P while driving, perform the following procedure: tion. Move the shift lever to the & P position. ( “Shift “P” warning” . Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch page 2-42) 3 consecutive times in less than 1.5 INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS- seconds, or CHARGE. If the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator appears on the vehicle infor- . Push and hold the push button ignition If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almost mation display, the Intelligent Key switch for more than 2 seconds. discharged, the guide light * of the Intelligent 1 battery is discharged and the ignition Key port blinks and the indicator appears on the switch will not operate. Insert the vehicle information display. ( “Intelligent Key Intelligent Key into the key port to insertion indicator” page 2-43) operate the ignition switch. In this case, inserting the Intelligent Key into the ( “Intelligent Key battery discharge port allows you to start the engine. Make sure indicator” page 2-43) that the mechanical key side faces backward as illustrated. Insert the Intelligent Key in the port. When all of the following conditions until it is latched and secured. are met for 60 minutes, the battery saver system will cut off the power To remove the Intelligent Key from the port, push supply to prevent battery discharge. the ignition switch to the OFF position and pull Starting and driving 5-11
    • the Intelligent Key out of the port. ( “Intelligent Key battery replace- ment” page 8-26) NOTICE Never place anything except the Intelli- gent Key in the Intelligent Key port. Doing so may cause damage to the equipment. NOTE: . Make sure the Intelligent Key is in the correct direction when inserting it into the Intelligent Key port. The engine may not start if it is in the incorrect direction. . Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelligent Key port after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position. . The Intelligent Key port does not charge the Intelligent Key battery. If you see the low battery indicator in the vehicle information display, replace the battery as soon as possible.5-12 Starting and driving
    • BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE. Make sure the area around the vehicle is NOTE: clear. . This vehicle includes spark plugs that. Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool- are designed for maximum perfor- ant, brake fluid and window washer fluid as mance. If the start time becomes long- frequently as possible, or at least whenever er, the plugs may be fouled, making the you refuel. engine difficult to start. If this occurs, start the engine using the procedure. Check that all windows and lights are clean. described in this section.. Visually inspect tires for their appearance . A click sound may be heard when the and condition. Also check tires for proper brake pedal is depressed and released. inflation. This is normal.. Lock all doors. . A low rattling operating sound may. Position seat. occur when the engine is started or. Adjust inside and outside mirrors. stopped. This is because of the trans- 1. Check the positions of the accelerator pedal. Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to mission gear design, light flywheel and * and brake pedal * . Adjust the steering 1 2 dry sump lubrication system used in wheel and seat positions so that the correct do likewise. this transmission. This does not indi- driving posture is achieved. ( “Front. Check the operation of warning lights when cate that there is a malfunction. This seats” page 1-3) the ignition switch is pushed to the ON sound is likely to occur in particular if 2. Check that the parking brake is engaged. position. ( “Warning/indicator lights the engine is stopped when the tem- and audible reminders” page 2-24) 3. Check that the shift lever is in the & or & P N perature of the transmission oil is high. position. (& is recommended.) P 4. Firmly depress the brake pedal. Without depressing the accelerator pedal, push the ignition switch once to start the engine. 5. To stop the engine, move the shift lever to the & position, and push the ignition switch P to the OFF position. Starting and driving 5-13
    • change to the OFF position. If this the components in the engine compart-NOTE: occurs, the SHIFT & warning display P ment. When the cooling fan is operat-. If the engine is difficult to start, de- appears on the vehicle information press the accelerator pedal all the way ing, be sure that hands or other items display. When stopping the engine, be do not get caught in it. to the floor and hold it. Push the sure to move the shift lever to the & P ignition switch with the brake pedal position and then push the ignition depressed to start cranking the engine. switch. Failure to do so may result in After 5 or 6 seconds, stop cranking by discharge of the battery. ( “Shift pushing the ignition switch to the OFF “P” warning” page 2-42) position, and then release the accel- erator pedal. Then perform steps 1 to 5 . If the shift lever was in the &↔& or & A M R to start the engine. If the engine starts, position when the engine was stopped, but fails to run, repeat this procedure. then be sure to move the shift lever to the & position before starting the P. Starting and stopping the engine over a engine the next time. If the engine is short period of time may make the started with the shift lever in the & N vehicle more difficult to start. If this position, then it may not be possible to occurs, wait for more than 3 minutes, drive the vehicle even when the shift and then push the ignition switch again lever is moved to the &↔& or & A M R to start the engine. position. If this occurs, the SHIFT & P. To maintain high performance over a warning appears on the vehicle infor- long period of time, the engine speed is mation display. ( “Shift “P” warn- limited to 5,000 rpm when the engine is ing” page 2-42) revved with the shift lever in the & or N & position, and to 4,000 rpm when the P CAUTION engine oil or coolant temperature is low or higher than normal. If the engine was stopped soon when the engine is hot, the cooling fan may. If the ignition switch is pushed before operate for approximately 2 minutes the shift lever is moved to the & P after the engine was stopped to cool position, the ignition switch will not5-14 Starting and driving
    • DRIVING THE VEHICLE . Gear clearances medical devices or other electronicDUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION . Ultralight flywheel products that are susceptible toThe GT-R dual clutch transmission is a newly- magnetic force close to the shiftdeveloped system that uses an electronically . Dry sump lubrication lever.controlled multiple-disc wet clutch attached to These noises do not indicate that there is athe highly efficient manual transmission. This malfunction. . Do not downshift abruptly on slip-transmission has two driving modes. pery roads. This may cause a loss of control.. & position (Automatic gearshift): A WARNING allows automatic shifting of the manual . If the shift lever is moved from & to R transmission. . Do not depress the accelerator &↔& position, or &↔& to & A M A M R pedal while shifting from the & or P position before the vehicle stops,. & position (Manual gearshift): M & position to the & or &↔& N R A M you may not be able to shift gear or allows quick shifting of the manual transmis- position. Always depress the brake it may take longer to shift gear. sion. pedal until shifting is completed. Make sure to depress the brakeNOTE: Failure to do so could cause loss pedal and check that the vehicle of control and an accident. has stopped before shifting.When starting or driving on a steep uphillgrade, shift to the & position and operate M . Cold engine idle speed is high, sothe paddle shifter to shift down to 1st gear use caution when shifting into asimilar to a manual transmission vehicle. forward or reverse gear before the CAUTIONThe GT-R dual clutch transmission was devel- engine has warmed up. . Because the vehicle includes a dualoped specifically to maximize vehicle perfor- . Never shift to the & or & position P R clutch transmission that automati-mance and driving enjoyment. The GT-R while the vehicle is moving forward. cally controls the clutch and shiftingtransmission components were designed using Never shift to the & or &↔& P A M operation of the manual transmis-different engineering standards than typical position while the vehicle is moving sion, whenever the shift lever is in apassenger car transmissions. Because of this, rearward. Doing so could cause loss position other then & or &, the P Nthe GT-R has different operating characteristics, of control and an accident. vehicle will begin to move slowly, inand various rattle noises may be heard during . The shift lever contains a powerful the same way as when the clutch insome driving conditions because of the follow- magnet. Do not place electronic a manual transmission vehicle ising items: Starting and driving 5-15
    • partially engaged. Keep the brake faster than 4,000 rpm. pedal firmly depressed when the vehicle is stopped. In some circum- stances the vehicle may not start moving on its own, however this does not indicate that there is a malfunction. NOTICE . When the vehicle is stopped on a hill, do not hold the vehicle in place by depressing the accelerator pedal. Doing so may cause the clutch to overheat and result in transmission Operating the shift lever damage. Use the brakes to prevent After starting the engine, fully depress the brake the vehicle from moving. pedal and move the shift lever from the & P . The GT-R dual clutch transmission is position to the &, &, or &↔& position. Push R N A M provided with a dry sump lubrication the button to shift into the & or & position. All P R system that improves efficiency and other positions can be selected without pushing ensures reliability under high g- the button. force conditions. When oil viscosity is high at low temperatures, it takes longer for all components to be sufficiently lubricated. Thus, when the transmission temperature is low (approximately 104 8F (408C), do not accelerate rapidly or run the engine5-16 Starting and driving
    • Shift lever operation &↔& position: A M Push the button while depressing the Use this position for all normal forward driving. brake pedal. The shift lever can be moved between & andA Push the button. & to alternately change each other. The M position indicator indicates the gear position Just move the shift lever. with the indication of “A” or “M”. Automatically returns. . & position: Use this position for ordinary A driving, with the gears shifted automatically from first gear to sixth gear according to the& position:P speed and driving conditions.Use this position for parking and starting the . & position: Operate the paddle shifter to Mengine. The ignition switch will be changed to drive in first gear to sixth gear as desired.the OFF or LOCK position. . The position indicator blinks if it is not possible to shift the gear. CAUTION ( “Transmission position indicator” CAUTION page 2-8) Use the & position only when the P . Grip the shift lever correctly when vehicle is completely stopped. operating it. Failure to do so may cause a finger or other items to be trapped between the lever and gate,& position:R possibly causing an accident.Use this position for driving in reverse. A chimewill sound inside the vehicle to remind the driver . Because rolling resistance is re-that the shift lever is in the & position. R duced in the GT-R, the vehicle can move when on a road with a slight& position:N gradient, even when in the & posi- NNeither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. tion. Be sure to depress the brake pedal. Starting and driving 5-17
    • and maintenance. ( “Cleaning in- NOTICE NOTE: terior” page 7-5) . When moving the shift lever out of the . Be sure to observe the following & position, it may not be possible to P precautions. Failure to do so may move the shift lever if the button is result in shift lever malfunction. pressed before the brake pedal is — Do not spill water, beverages or depressed. Press the button only after other liquids on the shift lever. depressing the brake pedal. — Do not allow sand or similar . Do not place coins or other small substances to contact the shift objects in the area around the shift lever. lever. These objects may get stuck in the shift gate and prevent the shift . Develop the habit of performing the lever from moving into a position. operations marked with “ ” with- Sometimes, you may not be able to out pressing the button. If the retrieve these objects. button is pressed at these times, there is the possibility that the lever . Immediately after a cold start, while the could accidentally enter the & or & P R transmission system check display (“T/ positions. M SYSTEM CHECK IN PROCESS”) appears on the vehicle information . When the vehicle is hot, the area display, the shift lever cannot be moved around the shift lever may be hot or out of the & position. This is because a P may produce an unusual sound, check of the transmission system is in however this does not indicate that progress. This does not indicate that there is a malfunction. there is a malfunction. Move the shift . Avoid depressing the brake and lever after the message on the vehicle accelerator pedals at the same time. information display turns off. Depressing both pedals at the same . The shift lever knob and console- time could cause the clutch to over- mounted shift indicator have a genuine heat and accelerate deterioration. leather finish that requires proper care5-18 Starting and driving
    • 5. Push the shift lever button and move the Control on downhill roads: shift lever to the & position while holding N The adaptive shift control system shifts to a low down the shift lock. gear that suits the degree of the slope, and uses Push the ignition switch to the ON position to the engine brake to reduce the number of times unlock the steering wheel. Now the vehicle may that the foot brake must be used. be moved to the desired location. Control on winding roads: If the battery is discharged completely, the A low gear is maintained on continuous curves steering wheel cannot be unlocked. Do not that involve repeated acceleration and decelera- move the vehicle with the steering wheel locked. tion, so that smooth acceleration is available instantly when the accelerator pedal is de- NOTICE pressed. If the shift lever cannot be moved out of NOTE: the & position after performing the P Adaptive shift control may not operate shift lock release procedure, immedi-Shift lock release when the transmission oil temperature is ately have the vehicle inspected by a low immediately after the start of drivingIf the battery charge is low or discharged, the GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. or when it is very hot. If this occurs, switchshift lever may not be moved from the & P to the & position and downshift if neces- Mposition even with the brake pedal depressed Adaptive shift control sary.and the shift lever button pushed.To move the shift lever, perform the following The adaptive shift control system automatically & position Mprocedure. operates when the transmission is in the & A Changing to the & position: M1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and selects an appropriate gear de- To change to the & position from the & M A position. pending on the road conditions such as uphill, position, either move the shift lever to the & M2. Apply the parking brake. downhill or curving roads. side or operate the paddle shifter. The position3. Remove the shift lock cover using a suitable Control on uphill and curving roads: indicator indicates the gear position with the tool wrapped with a cloth. A low gear is maintained that suits the degree of indication of “M”.4. Push down the shift lock as illustrated. the slope or curve to allow smooth driving with a If the paddle shifter is used, the first operation small number of shifts. changes from the & position to the & position, A M Starting and driving 5-19
    • and the second and later operations change thegears.To return to the & position, move the shift lever Ato the & side again. The position indicator Mindicates the gear position with the indication of“A”. Changing gears using paddle shifters: . First gear: NOTE: Use this position when accelerating from a stop, climbing a steep hill slowly or engine The vehicle cannot be accelerated from a braking at low speeds. stop condition while the gear is in the 2nd to 6th position. When accelerating the . Second gear: vehicle from a stop condition, use the 1st Use this position when accelerating or gear position. engine braking at mid-low speeds. To shift up, pull the paddle shifter on the right . Third gear: side * toward you. 1 Use this position when accelerating or To shift down, pull the paddle shifter on the left gently engine braking at middle speeds. side * toward you. 2 . Fourth gear: Use this position when accelerating or gently engine braking at mid-high speeds.5-20 Starting and driving
    • . Fifth gear: . To back up, move the shift lever to the & R NOTE: Use this position for all normal forward position. driving at highway speeds. Engine braking The paddle shifters are made from magne- Starting on level ground or an uphill: is weaker in this position. sium alloy. Only clear coating is applied to their surfaces to utilize the unique casting 1. Check the shift lever position indicator on. Sixth gear: patterns and the texture of the material the instrument panel to confirm that the Use this position for all normal forward itself. driving gear is selected. driving at highway speeds. Engine braking 2. Release the parking brake. is weakest in this position. DRIVING TIPS 3. Release the foot brake pedal gradually, then After starting the engine, fully depress the foot slowly depress the accelerator pedal to startSuggested maximum speed in each gear: brake pedal and push the shift lever button the vehicle in motion.Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not before shifting the shift lever from the & position P ( “R mode start function” page 5-32)running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate. to the &, &, or &↔& position. Be sure the R N A MDo not exceed the maximum suggested speed vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift NOTE:(shown below) in any gear. For level road the shift lever. . To prevent the clutch from overheatingdriving, use the highest gear suggested for that The transmission is designed so that the foot when the parking brake is applied,speed. Always observe posted speed limits, and brake pedal must be depressed before shifting engine output is limited when thedrive according to the road conditions that will from & to any other position. P accelerator pedal is depressed. In par-ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the The shift lever cannot be moved out of the & P ticular, the vehicle may not startengine when shifting to a lower gear as it may position and into any other position with the smoothly when the accelerator pedalcause engine damage or loss of vehicle control. ignition switch other in the LOCK, OFF or ACC is depressed with the parking brake Gear MPH (km/h) position. applied on an uphill grade. To enable 1st 36 (58) smooth starting, release the parking When accelerating from a stop brake before moving the vehicle. 2nd 63 (102) Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push . The hill start assist function operates 3rd 91 (148) the shift lever button to shift into a driving gear when the vehicle is accelerating from a 4th — as following: stop on an uphill. ( “Hill Start 5th — — . To drive forward, move the shift lever to the Assist” page 5-38) 6th &↔& position. A M Starting and driving 5-21
    • When driving the vehicle adjust vehicle speed. WARNING Hill climbing: WARNING . When the vehicle speed decreases, de- . When the shift lever is in the & A press the accelerator pedal to the floor with position, the adaptive shift control Do not move the shift lever to the &N the shift lever in the & position. This A system will stay in a low gear in position while driving. Doing so may order to maintain the effectiveness automatically shifts the transmission into a result in an accident due to loss of of the engine brake. However if the lower gear and maintains this position engine braking. It may also damage the vehicle is traveling too fast depend- depending on the gradient of the hill. transmission. ing on the degree of the slope, you . The system may down shift according to the should shift to the & position and M accelerator pedal position and the vehicleNormal driving: use the paddle shifter to shift down. speed. If you continue to use only the footDrive with the shift lever in the & position. A . If the transmission is frequently changing brake, a high load will be applied toThe appropriate gear will be automatically gears while driving, switch to the & position M the brake, which may overheat,shifted according to the position of the accel- and select the appropriate gear for the reducing its effectiveness. Be sureerator pedal, the driving speed and driving driving conditions. to use the engine brake togetherconditions. Driving on a downhill: with the foot brake. ( “AdaptivePassing: shift control” page 5-19) . & position: A. & position: A . Do not downshift abruptly on slip- The system shifts down according to the degreeFully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor. of downhills to increase the effectiveness of the pery roads. This may cause a loss ofThis shifts the transmission down into a lower engine brake. control.gear depending on the vehicle speed. Thendepress the accelerator pedal as needed to . & position: Madjust vehicle speed. When driving on a long slope, selecting the &M NOTICE position and 4th or 3rd gear will provide gentle. & position: M engine braking. When driving in the & position, gear- AUse the paddle shifter to down shift, then fully shifting will be performed automatically When driving on a steep downhill, selecting thedepress the accelerator pedal to the floor. Thendepress the accelerator pedal as needed to & position and 2nd or 1st gear will provide M with the adaptive shift control system powerful engine braking. ( “Adaptive shift control” page 5-5-22 Starting and driving
    • 19) even on road conditions with con- from the engine to the transmission when the vehicle is driven, a wheel tinuous and sudden hills or curves. is turning at all times. Crawling or may not roll correctly, or the brake pads However, when the transmission oil reaching under the vehicle while the could be damaged. If the pads are temperature is low immediately after engine is running may result in damaged, this may reduce the effec- starting the vehicle or high when enga- serious injury. tiveness of the brake system which ging in high performance driving, there could cause a collision, serious perso- may be some cases where the system nal injury or death. cannot control shifting. When this oc- NOTICE curs, switch to the & position and M The GT-R uses brake pad materials that have select a lower gear, depending on the When the vehicle is stopped on a hill, high metallic content. The brake pad material gradient of the hill. do not hold the vehicle in place by helps maintain braking performance in a wide depressing the accelerator pedal. Doing range of weather and driving conditions. so may cause the clutch to overheat andWhen stopping the vehicle result in transmission damage. Use the For the first 3,000 miles (5,000 km) of the vehicle’s service life, and for the first 3,000 milesLeave the shift lever in the &↔& or & position A M R brakes to prevent the vehicle from moving. (5,000km) after a brake replacement, the brakeand firmly depress the foot brake pedal. pad to brake rotor clearance is very small. WhenIf the vehicle will be stopped for a long period of parking, apply the parking brake and move thetime, apply the parking brake and move the shift When parking the vehicle shift lever to the & position. Idle the engine for Plever to the & or & position as necessary. P N more than 20 seconds without depressing the brake pedal. This allows the brake pads to move WARNING WARNING away from the rotor so the pad does not contact Follow the instructions below when the rotor. . Do not race the engine while the Additionally, the brakes must be dry before parking the vehicle to help prevent the vehicle is stopped. Doing so may parking the vehicle after driving on wet roads or brake rotor and brake pads from rust- accelerate the vehicle suddenly and after washing the vehicle. If the roads are wet, ing together. Failure to follow the cause an accident when shifting to a lightly apply the brakes for a short distance instructions could cause the rotor and driving gear. before parking the vehicle to dry the brakes. pads to rust together. If the rotor and . While the engine is running, the pads rust together, there may be a After washing the vehicle, dry the brakes by propeller shaft that transmits torque popping noise and some vibration driving on a dry road for a few miles and apply Starting and driving 5-23
    • VDC, TRANSMISSION AND SUSPENSION SETUP SWITCHESthe brakes normally based on traffic and roadconditions. WARNINGThe metallic brake pads and brake disc rotor Before exiting the vehicle, be sure tomay rust together when the brakes are not move the shift lever to the & position Papplied: and stop the engine. If the engine is. If the vehicle is not idled for 20 seconds running and the shift lever is not in the without the brakes applied, or if the brakes & position, the vehicle may start mov- P are applied when the vehicle is shut off, the ing due to partial engagement of the rotor and pads can rust together, even when clutch or to the effects of gravity on a the brake pads are dry. slope, or the vehicle may suddenly. If the brakes are wet when the vehicle is accelerate due to accidental operation parked and the parking brake is applied for a of the accelerator pedal, possibly caus- long time. ing an accident.Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer if thebrake pads and brake rotor have rusted The control of the dual clutch transmission,together. Bilstein DampTronic® electronically controlled1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. shock absorbers and Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) can be changed to the desired modes by2. With the foot brake pedal depressed, apply operating the setup switches. Select the desired the parking brake. mode best suited to the driving conditions.3. Move the shift lever to the & position. P4. Check the shift lever position indicator on NOTE: the instrument panel to confirm that the &P Bilstein DampTronic® is a registered trade- position is selected. mark of ThyssenKrupp Bilstein Suspen-5. Push the ignition switch to stop the engine. sion GmbH.5-24 Starting and driving
    • 1. Transmission setup switch2. Suspension setup switch3. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) setup switchHOW TO SWITCH THE MODESEach time the engine is started, all switches areset to the normal mode. The normal mode isrecommended for normal driving. Move theVDC, transmission and suspension setup : Push and hold the switch for longer than approximately 1 secondswitches up or down to change the mode whenthe engine is running. : Push the switch * The selected mode is maintained even if the shift lever is moved between & and & position. A M Starting and driving 5-25
    • NOTICE . “ESC (Electronic Stability Control) OFF” indicated on the VDC setup switch stands for “VDC OFF”. . When the ignition switch is pushed to the “ON” position, the indicators on the setup switches may illumi- nate briefly, however this is not a malfunction.5-26 Starting and driving
    • FEATURES OF EACH MODETransmissionThe transmission mode differs depending on the shift lever position, & or &. A M& position:A Set up mode Features . In addition to the normal mode functions, this mode allows you to achieve higher engine speed, greater powertrain torque and engine braking. . With the VDC switch in R mode, the R mode start function can be used. ( “R mode start function” page 5-32) . When the R mode is selected, the maximum speed is lower than the one in the normal mode. . For everyday and performance driving, an appropriate gear position is automatically Normal (light is off) selected. . For long distance driving, this mode helps improve fuel economy by reducing engine output compared to the normal mode. . The engine response to accelerator operation changes to be less sensitive to pedal movement than the normal mode. The engine speed does not change as quickly for small accelerator pedal position changes. . This mode controls powertrain torque on snowy roads and slippery surfaces making starting and driving easier. . When the SAVE mode is selected, the maximum speed is lower than the one in the normal mode. Starting and driving 5-27
    • & position:M NOTICE Set up mode Features . This mode allows you to shift gears quickly and directly. . When the engine speed approaches . This mode will not allow the transmission to automatically upshift even when the the red zone, shift to a higher gear engine speed reaches the red zone. Do not rev the engine into the red zone. or reduce the engine speed. Operat- . With the VDC switch in R mode, the R mode start function can be used. ( “R ing the engine in the red zone may mode start function” page 5-32) cause serious engine damage. . For everyday and performance driving, any gear position can be selected. . Quickest shifting in the R mode with Normal (light is off) . This mode will allow the transmission to automatically upshift even when the engine speed is about to reach the red zone. the transmission in the & position M . For long distance highway driving, this mode improves fuel economy by reducing is available when the engine speed engine output compared to the normal mode. is high. However, the transmission . The engine response to accelerator operation changes to be less sensitive to pedal may shift more slowly when the movement than the normal mode. The engine speed does not change as quickly for engine speed is low. small accelerator pedal position changes. . This mode controls powertrain torque on snowy roads and slippery surfaces making starting and driving easier. . This mode allows the transmission to automatically upshift even when the engine speed is about to reach the red zone. . When the SAVE mode is selected, the maximum speed is lower than the one in the normal mode.5-28 Starting and driving
    • Suspension NOTICE Set up mode Features While maximizing vehicle performance, . The damping force of the shock absorbers is set for maximum vehicle performance. shock absorber control may automati- . Riding comfort becomes harder. cally be returned to the normal mode. If . The damping force of the shock absorbers is variably adjusted for everyday driving Normal (light is off) the R mode or the COMF mode is or maximum vehicle performance. selected in the case above, the suspen- . The damping force of the shock absorbers is variably adjusted for more comfortable driving. Movement of the vehicle body is larger than the normal and R modes. sion setup switch indicator may turn off. Operate the suspension setup switch to the R mode or the COMF mode and check to make sure the indicator illu- minates. If the indicator does not illu- minate, have the system checked by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. Starting and driving 5-29
    • Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) WARNING Set up mode Features . The VDC OFF mode should ONLY be . In addition to the normal mode function, this mode adjusts front and rear wheel power distribution to improve handling. used briefly to help free the vehicle . With the transmission switch in R mode, the R mode start function can be used. if stuck in snow or mud by tempora- ( “R mode start function” page 5-32) rily stopping operation of the VDC . This mode is for use in a broad range of driving conditions, for routine driving during to maintain wheel torque. Normal (light is off) fair to rainy weather, as well as for driving on road surfaces that are slippery due to . Driving the GT-R with the VDC off snow or ice. may lead to handling issues related Make sure to use this mode for everyday driving. to steering maneuvers, acceleration, . Temporary mode that can be used to free if it is stuck in snow or mud (With the transmission switch in SAVE mode, freeing the vehicle become easier.) or deceleration. Moreover, driving with the VDC off can result in an inoperative vehicle by causing ser-NOTE: ious damage to the powertrain,Always make sure the VDC is ON before driving the vehicle by checking that the VDC OFF including damage to the Transaxleindicator lights on the meter and the VDC set-up switch are not illuminated. The GT-R is a Assembly including Transfer, Clutch,high performance vehicle and the VDC must be on/activated to provide proper powertrain Gears, Transaxle case and all of itsoperation and intended drivability. components and other drivetrain component(s) by overheating or ex- cessive force. . Damage to the powertrain or any drivetrain component(s) that occurs when there is a record in the Vehicle Status Data Recorder (VSDR) that the vehicle was driven with VDC off during the period when the damage was incurred is excluded from war- ranty coverage.5-30 Starting and driving
    • TURBOCHARGER SYSTEMSee your 2013 Warranty Information Booklet for The turbocharger system uses engine oil for over a short time, the spark plugsimportant related information and warranty lubrication and cooling of its rotating compo- may become fouled, making thecoverage exclusions. See also section 2 (page nents. The turbocharger turbine turns at extre- engine difficult to start. To prevent2-29) and section 5 (page 5-49) of this Owner’s mely high speeds and it can get very hot. It is diminished starting performance,Manual, “Transmission Clutch Temperature essential to maintain a supply of oil flowing avoid starting and stopping theHigh” and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) through the turbocharger system. Therefore, a engine repeatedly during a shortSystem” for important additional related informa- sudden interruption of oil supply may cause a period of time.tion. malfunction in the turbocharger. To ensure prolonged life and performance of the NOTE: turbocharger, it is essential to perform the following maintenance procedure: . When the vehicle is delivered, the engine oil level is 0.39 in (10 mm) . Change your engine oil according to the below the H mark on the engine oil recommended intervals shown in the sepa- dipstick for optimum high performance rate Service and Maintenance Guide. Use driving. The engine oil can be filled up only the recommended engine oil. to the H mark if not engaging in . If the engine had been operating at high performance driving. engine speed for an extended period of time, . Because of the high performance char- let it idle for a few minutes prior to shut- acteristics of the GT-R engine, more down. frequent oil level inspections are ne- . Do not accelerate your engine to high cessary. Check the oil level every 1,800 engine speed immediately after start. miles (3,000km) and adjust as neces- sary. Also, change the engine oil based NOTICE on the driving conditions. For the information regarding oil replacement . This vehicle includes spark plugs intervals, refer to the 2013 NISSAN that are designed for high perfor- GT-R Service and Maintenance Guide. mance. For this reason, if the engine . Some amount of oil is consumed by is repeatedly started and stopped your engine under normal operating Starting and driving 5-31
    • R MODE START FUNCTION conditions, and oil consumption by This function enables the driver to start accel- the engine, transmission and VDC itself does not necessarily indicate eration from a stop by selecting R mode with the system, but also the settings of the any malfunction. If your rate of oil VDC and transmission setup switch. The engine suspension and tires. Therefore, any consumption increases suddenly or output will be maintained at approximately 4,000 modification of the vehicle may without explanation, NISSAN recom- rpm. When using the R mode or the R mode disrupt the vehicle’s balance. This mends that you have your vehicle start function, always use proper seating posi- will not only reduce the optimum inspected by a GT-R certified NISSAN tion and follow the safety instructions in Section performance of the vehicle but may dealer. 1 of this manual. also cause damage to powertrain components, including the trans- WARNING mission. . Failure to follow the warnings and instruction for the use of this fea- NOTICE ture may cause a loss of vehicle control or a collision which may lead . When the temperature of the engine to serious personal injury or death: coolant and transmission oil is high . Make sure to drive carefully within or low, the function cannot be used. legal limits. The temperature range in which the R mode start function can be used: . Only use this function when you can — Engine coolant: 1408F - 2128F guarantee that it is safe to do so, (608C - 1008C) based on the surrounding traffic conditions. — Transmission oil: 1408F - 2668F (608C - 1308C) . Do not use this function on slippery or wet roads. This may cause loss of . If the R mode start function is used vehicle control and could result in 4 times consecutively, the function an accident. may be disabled and cannot be . The R mode start function has been turned on to protect the vehicle developed not only for controlling system. While the function is dis-5-32 Starting and driving
    • PARKING BRAKE abled, the warning light illuminates. HOW TO USE R MODE START When the warning light illuminates, FUNCTION perform cool down driving. 1. Move the shift lever to the & or & position. A M ( “Cool down” page GTR-13) 2. Select the R mode with the transmission When the warning light turns off, setup switch. ( “VDC, transmission and the function can be used again. suspension setup switches” page 5-24). The performance of start may vary 3. Select the R mode with the VDC setup depending on the amount of wheel switch. spin ,or increase and decrease of 4. Depress the brake pedal firmly with your left the engine output in response to the foot and keep depressing the brake pedal. outside temperature. (This vehicle 5. Depress the accelerator pedal quickly to the was set up according to the road floor with your right foot while the brake surface conditions of the straight pedal is depressed. The engine speed will sections of the Sendai Highland increase to approximately 4,000 rpm and Raceway course in Japan at 598F will be maintained. (158C).) WARNING 6. Within 3 seconds after depressing the. For safety reasons, VDC control may accelerator pedal, release the brake pedal. activate automatically when driving . Be sure the parking brake is fully released before driving. Failure to on a slippery road surface, such as a do so can cause brake failure and wet road, in order to apply the brakes or limit the engine output. lead to an accident.. Frequent use of the R mode start . Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle. function increases the load on the powertrain related parts such as the . Do not use the gear shift in place of clutch and transmission compared the parking brake. When parking, be to normal driving. In particular, the sure the parking brake is fully clutch will wear out more quickly. engaged. . Do not leave children unattended in Starting and driving 5-33
    • CRUISE CONTROL a vehicle. They could release the The cruise control allows driving at speeds proaches a gentle uphill, there may be parking brake and cause an acci- above 25 MPH (40 km/h) without keeping your a slight delay as the vehicle returns to dent. foot on the accelerator pedal. the preset speed. However, the vehicle will gradually accelerate and return to the preset speed.To apply: Pull the parking brake lever up. WARNINGTo release: Do not use the cruise control when1. Firmly apply the foot brake. driving under the following conditions.2. While pulling up on the parking brake lever Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle slightly, push the button * and lower the A control and result in an accident. lever completely.3. Before driving, be sure the brake warning . When it is not possible to keep the light goes out. vehicle at a set speed. . In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed. . On winding or hilly roads. . On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.). . In very windy areas. NOTE: . When the SAVE mode is selected with the transmission setup switch, the acceleration and deceleration can be controlled smoothly. When the SAVE mode is selected, the maximum setting speed is lower than the one in the normal mode. When the vehicle ap-5-34 Starting and driving
    • certified NISSAN dealer. . The SET indicator may sometimes blink when the cruise control main switch is turned on while pushing the RESUME/ ACCELERATE, SET/COAST or CANCEL switch. To properly set the cruise control system, perform the steps below in the order indicated.PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON- STEERING-WHEEL-MOUNTEDTROL CONTROLS. If the cruise control system malfunctions, it 1. MAIN switch will cancel automatically. The SET indicator Turns cruise control ON/OFF. will blink and the cruise control system 2. SET/COAST switch (pressed down) warning will appear to warn the driver. Lowers the set vehicle speed. ( “Cruise control system warning” page 3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch (pressed up) 2-39) Raises the set vehicle speed. 4. CANCEL switch. If the engine coolant temperature becomes Cancels cruise control. excessively high, the cruise control system will be canceled automatically.. If the SET indicator blinks, turn the cruise control main switch off and contact a GT-R Starting and driving 5-35
    • INDICATORS AND DISPLAY CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS 2. Accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed, push the SET/COAST switch and1. CRUISE display Displays the set vehicle speed. Constant-speed driving release it. (The SET indicator will illuminate To set the cruising speed, perform the following in the instrument panel.) Take your foot off2. CRUISE indicator procedure. the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will Informs the driver that the MAIN switch is ON. maintain the set speed.3. SET indicator 1. Push the MAIN switch on. The CRUISE Informs the driver that the vehicle is driving at the indicator will come on. NOTE: set speed. If the vehicle speed reaches approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h) over the set speed, the set speed on the vehicle information display blinks.5-36 Starting and driving
    • Passing another vehicle down to the desired speed.To pass another vehicle, depress the accelerator . Push and then quickly release the SET/pedal. When you release the pedal, the vehicle COAST switch. Each time you do this, thewill return to the previously set speed. set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH or 1 km/h.Increasing the set vehicle speedTo reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of Resuming the preset speedthe following methods: To resume the preset speed, push and release the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch. The vehicle. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle attains the desired speed, push and vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h). release the SET/COAST switch.. Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch. When the vehicle attains the speed you desire, release the switch. Canceling the preset speed. Push and then quickly release the RESUME/ ACCELERATE switch. Each time you do To cancel the preset speed, use one of the this, the set speed will increase by about 1 following methods: MPH or 1 km/h. . Push the CANCEL switch *. 1 The SET indicator will turn off.Decreasing the set vehicle speedTo reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of . Tap the brake pedal * . The SET indicator 3 will turn off.the following methods: . Turn the MAIN switch * off. Both the 2. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator will turn vehicle attains the desired speed, push off. and release the SET/COAST switch.. Push and hold the SET/COAST switch. Release the switch when the vehicle slows Starting and driving 5-37
    • HILL START ASSISTNOTE: the vehicle from rolling backwards.. If cruise control was canceled by press- WARNING Failure to do so may result in a ing the cancel switch or by depressing collision or serious personal injury. the brake pedal, the system changes to . Never rely solely on the hill start standby status. assist system to prevent the vehicle. If you depress the brake pedal while from moving backward on a hill. Always drive carefully and atten- NOTICE pushing the RESUME/ACCELERATE or SET/COAST switch and reset at the tively. Depress the brake pedal When the vehicle is stopped on a hill, cruising speed, the cruise control will when the vehicle is stopped on a do not hold the vehicle in place by be deactivated. Turn the MAIN switch steep hill. Be especially careful depressing the accelerator pedal. Doing off once and then turn it on again. when stopped on a hill on frozen so may cause the clutch to overheat and or muddy roads. Failure to prevent result in transmission damage. Use theUnder the following conditions, cruise control the vehicle from rolling backwards brakes to prevent the vehicle fromwill be automatically canceled. may result in a loss of control of the moving.. Vehicle speed drops to below approximately vehicle and possible serious injury 19 MPH (30 km/h). or death. The hill start assist system automatically keeps. Vehicle speed drops to more than approxi- . The hill start assist system is not the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle mately 8 MPH (13 km/h) below the set designed to hold the vehicle at a from rolling backwards in the time it takes the vehicle speed. standstill on a hill. Depress the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the brake pedal when the vehicle is. The shift lever is moved to a position other accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill. stopped on a steep hill. Failure to than &↔&. A M Hill start assist will operate automatically under do so may cause the vehicle to roll the following conditions:. VDC operates. backwards and may result in a. A tire is spinning. collision or serious personal injury. . The shift lever is moved to a forward or reverse position.. There is a malfunction in the cruise control . The hill start assist may not prevent system. the vehicle from rolling backwards . The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill on a hill under all load or road by applying the brake. conditions. Always be prepared to The maximum holding time is 2 seconds. After 2 depress the brake pedal to prevent seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and5-38 Starting and driving
    • BREAK-IN SCHEDULEhill start assist will stop operating completely. . Drive with the suspension setup switch inHill start assist will not operate when the shift NOTICE the COMF mode to allow more suspensionlever is moved to the & or & position or on a N P stroke.flat and level road. Follow these recommendations to ob- 600 to 1,200 miles (1,000 to 2,000 km) tain maximum engine performance andNOTE: ensure the future reliability and econo- . Drive with the engine speed kept relatively my of your new vehicle. Failure to high with the shift lever in the & position. MThis system does not function when the follow these recommendations may Shifting is recommended between 1st andVehicle Dynamic Control VDC) system result in shortened engine life and 4th gears.warning appears on the vehicle informa-tion display located in the tachometer. reduced vehicle performance. . Avoid unnecessary quick steering and( “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys- abrupt braking.tem warning” page 2-36) Please observe the following types of driving . Drive with the suspension setup switch in until the mileage shown below has been the COMF mode to allow more suspension reached. stroke. Until 300 miles (500 km): Even though the mileage reaches over 1,200 . Do not depress the accelerator pedal more miles (2,000 km), the clutch may take longer to than halfway and avoid rapid acceleration. properly engage if the vehicle is mainly driven in town at a low speed. NISSAN recommends . Drive with the engine speed kept at less breaking in the clutch at a GT-R certified than 3,500 RPM. NISSAN dealer. . Avoid unnecessary quick steering, abrupt braking and driving on poor roads. WHEEL ALIGNMENT 300 to 600 miles (500 to 1,000 km) Do not adjust the wheel alignment until the mileage reaches 1,000 miles (1,600 km). Until . Avoid rapid acceleration in a low gear (1st to then, the suspension may not engage enough 3rd gears) with the accelerator pedal fully and the height may be higher. depressed. Depress the pedal slowly. However, make sure to adjust the alignment . Avoid unnecessary quick steering and after 1,000 miles (1,600 km). abrupt braking. The wheel alignment can be adjusted by a GT-R Starting and driving 5-39
    • INCREASING FUEL ECONOMYcertified NISSAN dealer in accordance with . Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintain . Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.specifications for city driving to high perfor- cruising speeds with a constant accelerator ( “Oil viscosity” page 9-6)mance driving. position.The tires on the GT-R may have different wear . Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.rates and wear patterns in comparison to Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy.conventional passenger vehicles. Contact aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer to confirm that . Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.the alignment is within specifications. Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles. . Select a gear range suitable to road condi- tions. . Avoid unnecessary engine idling. . Keep your engine tuned up. . Follow the recommended periodic mainte- nance schedule. . Keep the tires inflated to the correct pressure. Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy. . Keep the wheels in correct alignment. Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy. . Air conditioner operation lowers fuel econ- omy. Use the air conditioner only when necessary. . When cruising at highway speeds, it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag.5-40 Starting and driving
    • ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) while the engine is running, the warning light will come on. WARNING The warning light may blink rapidly (about twice . Do not attempt to raise two wheels per second) while trying to free a stuck vehicle off the ground and shift the trans- due to high AWD clutch temperature. The mission to any drive or reverse driving mode may change to two-wheel drive. position with the engine running. If the warning light blinks rapidly during opera- Doing so may result in drivetrain tion, stop the vehicle with the engine idling in a damage or unexpected vehicle safe place immediately. Then if the light goes off movement which could result in after a while, you can continue driving. serious vehicle damage or personal A large difference between the diameters of injury. front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly (about once per two seconds). Pull . Do not attempt to test an AWD off the road in a safe area, and idle the engine. equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy- Check that all tire sizes are the same, tire namometer (such as the dynam- pressure is correct and tires are not worn and ometers used by some states for winter tires are not installed on the front or rear emissions testing) or similar equip- wheels only. ment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground. Make sure If the warning light is blinking after the above that you inform the test facility operation, have your vehicle checked by a GT-R personnel that your vehicle is certified NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. equipped with AWD before it is If non-genuine GT-R tires are used, the warning placed on a dynamometer. Using light may illuminate. ( “GT-R special speci- the wrong test equipment may re-AWD WARNING LIGHT fication parts” page GTR-3) sult in drivetrain damage or unex-The AWD warning light is located in the meter. pected vehicle movement whichThe AWD warning light comes on when the could result in serious vehicle da-ignition switch is pushed to the ON position. It mage or personal injury.turns off soon after the engine is started.If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system Starting and driving 5-41
    • TIGHT CORNER BRAKING PHE- NOTICE NOMENON . If the warning light comes on while If the steering wheel is turned more than half a driving there may be a malfunction turn when the vehicle is started when it is cold, it in the AWD system. Reduce the may be harder to move the vehicle forward and vehicle speed and have your vehicle backward. This phenomenon is known as the checked by a GT-R certified NISSAN “tight corner braking phenomenon”. dealer as soon as possible. This phenomenon is unique to AWD vehicles, . If the warning light remains on after and occurs due to a difference in speeds the above operation, have your between the front and rear wheels while the vehicle checked by a GT-R certified vehicle is turning. This does not indicate that NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. there is a malfunction. . The powertrain may be damaged if NOTE: you continue driving with the warn- If the tight corner braking phenomenon . The SAVE mode indicator will blink once ing light blinking. occurs, a slipping sound may be heard and will then turn off. . Do not spin the rear wheels while from the tires, or a squeaking sound may . If the SAVE mode is already selected, the driving. Spinning the rear wheels be heard from the drive system. SAVE mode indicator will blink once and may increase the temperatures of Reducing tight corner braking phe- then illuminate again. ( “VDC, transmis- the AWD clutch system and damage nomenon sion and suspension setup switches” page the system. Adjust the accelerator 5-24) pedal position to stop wheel spin. The tight corner braking phenomenon can be temporarily reduced. Push the transmission setup switch down for approximately 4 seconds while the engine is running.5-42 Starting and driving
    • mately 4 seconds again. The driving mode will TIRES switch to the normal AWD mode. This vehicle is equipped with special tires. When Reduction of the tight corner braking phenom- changing the tires, install the designated special enon will be cancelled when: tires. Replacing tires as a set of four with new . the R mode is selected with the transmission ones is recommended. However, if a tire is setup switch punctured or damaged, it may be possible to replace only the damaged tire. Determining . the SAVE mode is selected with the whether one tire or a complete set of tires transmission setup switch and the OFF should be replaced is based on a number of mode is selected with the VDC setup switch factors including tire wear and condition. Con- . the ignition switch is pushed to the "OFF" tact your GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. They position can recommend if an individual tire or a . the R mode start function is used complete set should be replaced.After performing the above, the vehicle switches WARNING NOTICEfrom the AWD mode to 2WD mode only if bothof the following conditions are met: Do not reduce the tight corner braking If tires other than the designated tires, phenomenon when driving on a road tires with large differences in wear or. Vehicle speed is less than approximately 6 tires of different sizes are installed, the MPH (10 km/h) * AND A surface that is slippery or covered in snow, because the driving mode will AWD performance will be degraded and. The steering wheel is turned more than 1/2 the drive mechanism may be damaged. switch to 2WD. This may cause tire turn * . B slipping and may cause a loss of controlIf the above driving conditions are not met, and result in a collision, personal injurythe vehicle will not switch to the 2WD or death. AWD SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICSmode to temporarily reduce the braking The AWD system automatically distributes thephenomenon even if the transmission optimal torque to the front and rear wheels. Thissetup switch is operated. provides both the superior turning performanceTo stop reducing the phenomenon, push the of a rear wheel drive vehicle and the traction of atransmission setup switch down for approxi- AWD vehicle. Starting and driving 5-43
    • LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (LSD)Electronic control continuously distributes tor- The rear final drive of this vehicle is equipped does not indicate that there is a mal-que to the front and rear wheels in the range with a 1.5-way mechanical Limited Slip Differ- function.from 0:100 (rear-wheel drive mode) to 50:50 ential (LSD). . The LSD controls the speed difference(all-wheel drive mode) to match the driving between the left and right wheels, andconditions and road conditions. This allows theengine output (torque) to be effectively trans- WARNING optimally allocates torque to the wheels.mitted to the road surface. Sudden operation of the accelerator . The 1.5-way mechanical LSD in the rear pedal can result in fishtailing or side- final drive of this vehicle is character- slip, possibly causing an accident. Use ized by its asymmetrical LSD effects particular caution when driving in rainy when the accelerator pedal is ON and weather or on slippery roads. when it is OFF. This allows the appro- priate amount of torque for the driving environment to be transmitted to the NOTICE road surface. Use the designated differential gear oil. If any oil other than the designated oil is used, the LSD may not operate correctly, and noise and vibration may occur, possibly resulting in a malfunc- tion. NOTE: . If the vehicle accelerates from a stop with the steering wheel turned in cold temperatures, the inner wheel tire may slip and some noise or vibration may be heard. This phenomenon is unique to vehicles equipped with the LSD. This5-44 Starting and driving
    • PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS parking the vehicle to help prevent the brake rotor and brake pads from rusting together. Failure to follow the instructions could cause the rotor and pads to rust together. If the rotor and pads rust together, there may be a popping noise and some vibration when the vehicle is driven, a wheel may not roll cor- rectly, or the brake pads could be damaged. If the pads are damaged, this may reduce the effectiveness of the brake system which could cause a collision, serious personal injury or death. dents. WARNING . Safe parking procedures require 1. Firmly apply the parking brake. . Do not stop or park the vehicle over that both the parking brake be 2. Move the shift lever to the & position. P flammable materials such as dry applied and the transmission placed 3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into grass, waste paper or rags. They into the & position. Failure to do so P the street when parked on a sloping drive may ignite and cause a fire. could cause the vehicle to move way, it is a good practice to turn the wheels . Never leave the engine running unexpectedly or roll away and result as illustrated. in an accident. . HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: * 1 while the vehicle is unattended. . Make sure the shift lever has been Turn the wheels into the curb and move . Do not leave children unattended the vehicle forward until the curb side inside the vehicle. They could un- pushed as far forward as it can go wheel gently touches the curb. knowingly activate switches or con- and cannot be moved without de- . HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: * 2 trols. Unattended children could pressing the foot brake pedal. Turn the wheels away from the curb and become involved in serious acci- . Follow the instructions below when move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb. Starting and driving 5-45
    • POWER STEERING . HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO the brakes normally based on traffic and road CURB: * 3 conditions. WARNING Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from The metallic brake pads and brake disc rotor may rust together when the brakes are not If the engine is not running or is turned the center of the road if it moves. applied: off while driving, the power assist for4. Push the ignition switch to the LOCK the steering will not work. Steering will position. . If the vehicle is not idled for 20 seconds be harder to operate.The GT-R uses brake pad materials that have without the brakes applied, or if the brakeshigh metallic content. The brake pad material are applied when the vehicle is shut off, the rotor and pads can rust together, even when The power assisted steering uses a hydraulichelps maintain braking performance in a wide pump, driven by the engine, to assist steering.range of weather and driving conditions. the brake pads are dry. . If the brakes are wet when the vehicle is If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks, youFor the first 3,000 - 6,000 miles (5,000 - will still have control of the vehicle. However,10,000 km) of the vehicle’s service life, and for parked and the parking brake is applied for a long time. much greater steering effort is needed, espe-the first 3,000 - 6,000 miles (5,000 - 10,000 cially in sharp turns and at low speeds.km) after a brake replacement, the brake pad to Contact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer if thebrake rotor clearance is very small. When brake pads and brake rotor have rustedparking, apply the parking brake and move the together.shift lever to the & position. Idle the engine for Pmore than 20 seconds without depressing thebrake pedal. This allows the brake pads to moveaway from the rotor so the pad does not contactthe rotor.Additionally, the brakes must be dry beforeparking the vehicle after driving on wet roads orafter washing the vehicle. If the roads are wet,lightly apply the brakes for a short distancebefore parking the vehicle to dry the brakes.After washing the vehicle, dry the brakes bydriving on a dry road for a few miles and apply5-46 Starting and driving
    • BRAKE SYSTEMBRAKING PRECAUTIONS Using the brakes PARKING BRAKE BREAK-INThe brake system has two separate hydraulic Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while Break in the parking brake shoes whenever thecircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still driving. This will cause overheating of the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakenedhave braking at two wheels. brakes, wearing out the brake and pads faster or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or and reduce gas mileage. drums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure theYou may feel a small click and hear a sound best braking performance.when the brake pedal is fully depressed slowly. To help reduce brake wear and to prevent theThis is not a malfunction and indicates that the brakes from overheating, reduce speed and This procedure is described in the vehiclebrake assist mechanism is operating properly. downshift to a lower gear before going down a service manual and can be performed by a slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.Vacuum assisted brakes reduce braking performance and could result inThe brake booster aids braking by using engine loss of vehicle control.vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop thevehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However, WARNINGgreater foot pressure on the brake pedal will berequired to stop the vehicle and the stopping . While driving on a slippery surface,distance will be longer. be careful when braking, accelerat- ing or downshifting. Abrupt brakingWet brakes or accelerating could cause theWhen the vehicle is washed or driven through wheels to skid and result in anwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your accident.braking distance will be longer and the vehicle . If the engine is not running or ismay pull to one side during braking. turned off while driving, the powerTo dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speed assist for the brakes will not work.while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat-up Braking will be harder.the brakes. Do this until the brakes return tonormal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speedsuntil the brakes function correctly. Starting and driving 5-47
    • BRAKE ASSIST the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you mayANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM braking or when braking on slippery surfaces. hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the(ABS) The system detects the rotation speed at each brake pedal. This does not indicate that there is wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to a malfunction. If the computer senses a mal- WARNING prevent each wheel from locking and sliding. By function, it switches the ABS off and illuminates preventing each wheel from locking, the system the ABS warning light on the instrument panel. . The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) helps the driver maintain steering control and The brake system then operates normally, but is a sophisticated device, but it helps to minimize swerving and spinning on without anti-lock assistance. cannot prevent accidents resulting slippery surfaces. If the ABS warning light illuminates during the from careless or dangerous driving Using the system self-test or while driving, have the vehicle techniques. It can help maintain checked by a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. vehicle control during braking on Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. slippery surfaces. Remember that Depress the brake pedal with firm steady Normal operation stopping distances on slippery sur- pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH faces will be longer than on normal ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from (5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies according to surfaces even with ABS. Stopping locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles. road conditions. distances may also be longer on rough, gravel or snow covered When the ABS senses that one or more wheels roads, or if you are using tire chains. WARNING are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly Always maintain a safe distance applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so from the vehicle in front of you. action is similar to pumping the brakes very may result in increased stopping dis- Ultimately, the driver is responsible quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake tances. for safety. pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is . Tire type and condition may also operating. This is normal and indicates that the affect braking effectiveness. When Self-test feature ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsa- replacing tires, install the specified The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric tion may indicate that road conditions are size of tires on all four wheels. pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The hazardous and extra care is required while computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that driving.The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward5-48 Starting and driving
    • VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEMThe Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . The road may be slippery or the system may VDC warning light will not flash. The VDCuses various sensors to monitor driver inputs determine some action is required to help system is automatically reset to on when theand vehicle motion. Under certain driving con- keep the vehicle on the steered path. ignition switch is placed in the off position thenditions, the VDC system helps to perform the . You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal back to the on position.following functions. and hear a noise or vibration from under the ( “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning. Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel hood. This is normal and indicates that the light” page 2-30, “Vehicle Dynamic Con- slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is VDC system is working properly. trol (VDC) off indicator light” page 2-31) transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature . Adjust your speed and driving to the road the same axle. that tests the system each time you start the conditions. engine and move the vehicle forward or in. Controls brake pressure and engine output . The VDC mode can be changed using the reverse at a slow speed. When the self-test to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle VDC setup switch. ( “VDC, transmis- occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel speed (traction control function). sion and suspension setup switches” page a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and. Controls brake pressure at individual wheels 5-24) is not an indication of a malfunction. and engine output to help the driver maintain ( “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning control of the vehicle in the following light” page 2-30, “Vehicle Dynamic Con- WARNING conditions: trol (VDC) off indicator light” page 2-31) — understeer (vehicle tends to not follow If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC . The VDC system is designed to help the steered path despite increased warning light illuminates in the instrument the driver maintain stability but steering input) panel. The VDC system automatically turns off. does not prevent accidents due to — oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to The VDC setup switch is used to turn off the abrupt steering operation at high certain road or driving conditions). VDC system. The VDC off indicator speeds or by careless or dangerousThe VDC system can help the driver to maintain illuminates to indicate the VDC system is off. driving techniques. Reduce vehiclecontrol of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss When the VDC setup switch is used to turn off speed and be especially carefulof vehicle control in all driving situations. the system, the VDC system still operates to when driving and cornering on slip- prevent one drive wheel from slipping by pery surfaces and always drive care-When the VDC system operates, the VDC transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel. fully.warning light in the instrument panel flashesso note the following: The VDC warning light flashes if this . Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen- occurs. All other VDC functions are off and the sion. If suspension parts such as Starting and driving 5-49
    • shock absorbers, struts, springs, elevator or ramp, the VDC warning stabilizer bars, bushings and light may illuminate. This is not WARNING wheels are not NISSAN approved a malfunction. Restart the engine . The VDC OFF mode should ONLY be or are extremely deteriorated, the after driving onto a stable surface. used briefly to help free the vehicle VDC system may not operate prop- . If wheels or tires other than the if stuck in snow or mud by tempora- erly. This could adversely affect those recommended are used, the rily stopping operation of the VDC vehicle handling performance, and VDC system may not operate prop- to maintain wheel torque. the VDC warning light may erly and the VDC warning light illuminate. . Driving the GT-R with the VDC off may illuminate. may lead to handling issues related . If brake related parts such as brake . The VDC system is not a substitute to steering maneuvers, acceleration, pads, rotors and calipers are not for winter tires or tire chains on a or deceleration. Moreover, driving standard equipment or are extre- snow covered road. with the VDC off can result in an mely deteriorated, the VDC system inoperative vehicle by causing ser- may not operate properly and the ious damage to the powertrain, VDC warning light may illumi- NOTE: including damage to the Transaxle nate. . Always make sure the VDC is ON Assembly including Transfer, Clutch, . If engine control related parts are before driving the vehicle by checking Gears, Transaxle case and all of its not standard equipment or are ex- that the VDC OFF indicator lights on components and other drivetrain tremely deteriorated, the VDC warn- the meter and the VDC set-up switch component(s) by overheating or ex- ing light may illuminate. are not illuminated. cessive force. The GT-R is a high performance vehicle . When driving on extremely inclined . Damage to the powertrain or any and the VDC must be on/activated to surfaces such as higher banked drivetrain component(s) that occurs provide proper powertrain operation corners, the VDC system may not when there is a record in the Vehicle and intended drivability. operate properly and the VDC warn- Status Data Recorder (VSDR) that ing light may illuminate. Do not the vehicle was driven with VDC off drive on these types of roads. during the period when the damage was incurred is excluded from war- . When driving on an unstable sur- ranty coverage. face such as a turntable, ferry,5-50 Starting and driving
    • COLD WEATHER DRIVINGSee your 2013 Warranty Information Booklet for 5-24)important related information and warranty FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK . When the VDC system is turned OFF,coverage exclusions. See also section 2 (page To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply all VDC functions (including traction2-29) and section 5 (page 5-49) of this Owner’s deicer through the key hole. If the lock becomes control), except for the ABS functions,Manual, “Transmission Clutch Temperature frozen, heat the key before inserting it into the are deactivated.High” and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) key hole or use the Intelligent Key system.System” for important additional related informa-tion. ANTI-FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the. Except for the emergency cases above, outside temperature will drop below 328F (08C), any issues related to driving stability check antifreeze to assure proper winter protec- (e.g., steering maneuvers and maneu- tion. ( “Engine cooling system” page 8-10) vers during acceleration and decelera- tion) and any damages to drivetrain BATTERY components (e.g., transfer, clutch, a If the battery is not fully charged during sort of gear, transaxle case) will not extremely cold weather conditions, the battery be covered by warranty if there is a fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To record in the Vehicle Status Data maintain maximum efficiency, the battery should Recorder (VSDR) that the vehicle was be checked regularly. ( “Battery” page 8- driven with VDC off. 17). When attempting to free the vehicle from mud or fresh snow, the VDC will DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER detect the tire slipping, and the engine If the vehicle is to be left outside without speed may not increase even when the antifreeze, drain the cooling system, including accelerator pedal is depressed. To raise the engine block. Refill before operating the the engine speed, use the VDC set up vehicle. For details, contact a GT-R certified switch to turn the VDC system OFF and NISSAN dealer. select SAVE mode with the transmis- sion switch. ( “VDC, transmission and suspension setup switches” page Starting and driving 5-51
    • TIRE EQUIPMENT SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT . Allow more stopping distance underThe GT-R summer tires are made from a It is recommended that the following items be these conditions. Braking should bespecially formulated rubber to maximize the carried in the vehicle during winter: started sooner than on dry pave-vehicle’s performance capabilities. Performance ment. . A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to removeof summer tires is substantially reduced when ice and snow from the windows and wiper . Allow greater following distancestemperatures are less than 328F (08C) so you blades. on slippery roads.must drive carefully. NISSAN recommends the . A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the . Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).use of winter or all-season tires on all four jack to give it firm support. These may appear on an otherwisewheels if you plan to operate your vehicle in clear road in shaded areas. If asnowy or icy conditions when temperatures are . A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts. patch of ice is seen ahead, brakeless than 328F (08C). . Extra window washer fluid to refill the before reaching it. Try not to brake reservoir tank. while on the ice, and avoid any WARNING sudden steering maneuvers. DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE Never use summer tires when the . Do not use the cruise control on temperature is below −48F (−208C) to WARNING slippery roads. prevent permanent tread deformation . Snow can trap dangerous exhaust which may cause tire damage or tire . Wet ice (328F, 08C and freezing rain), gases under your vehicle. Keep failure. This may cause a loss of vehicle very cold snow or ice can be slick snow clear of the exhaust pipe and control which can result in serious and very hard to drive on. The from around your vehicle. personal injury or death. vehicle will have much less traction or “grip” under these conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the NOTE:Tire chains may be used. ( “Tire chains”page 8-39) road is salted or sanded. When driving on snow, select the SAVE mode with the setup switch. By selectingIf you install tires, they must also be the specified . Whatever the condition, drive with the SAVE mode, the engine output issize, brand, construction and tread pattern on all caution. Accelerate and slow down controlled appropriately for snow or slip-four wheels. with care. If accelerating or down- pery road surfaces. This enables the vehi- shifting too fast, the drive wheels cle to start or accelerate smoothly. will lose even more traction.5-52 Starting and driving
    • ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if so connection.equipped) . Disconnect and properly store theThe engine block heater should be used when engine block heater cord beforethe outside temperature is 208F (−78C) or lower. starting the engine. Damage to the cord could result in an electricalTo use the engine block heater shock and can cause serious injury.1. Turn the engine off. . Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged2. Plug the engine block heater cord into a extension cord rated for at least grounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord. 10A. Plug the extension cord into a3. Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) pro- Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110- tected, grounded 110-VAC outlet. volt AC (VAC) outlet.4. The engine block heater must be plugged in Failure to use the proper extension for at least 2 - 4 hours, depending on cord or a grounded outlet can result outside temperatures, to properly warm the in a fire or electrical shock and engine coolant. Use an appropriate timer to cause serious personal injury. turn the engine block heater on.5. Before starting the engine, unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts. WARNING . Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical sys- tem or a 2-pronged adapter. You can be seriously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded Starting and driving 5-53
    • MEMO5-54 Starting and driving
    • 6 In case of emergencyRoadside assistance program .............................................. 6-2 Push starting ............................................................................. 6-7Emergency engine shut off .................................................... 6-2 If your vehicle overheats ........................................................ 6-7Flat tire ........................................................................................ 6-2 Towing your vehicle ................................................................ 6-8 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ................... 6-2 Towing recommended by NISSAN ............................. 6-9 Run-flat tires ........................................................................ 6-3 Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) .............. 6-10Jump starting ............................................................................. 6-4
    • ROADSIDE ASSISTANCEPROGRAM EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF FLAT TIREIn the event of a roadside emergency, Roadside To shut off the engine in an emergency situation TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGAssistance Service is available to you. Please while driving, perform the following procedure:refer to your Warranty Information Booklet (U.S.) SYSTEM (TPMS) . Rapidly push the push-button ignition switchor Warranty & Roadside Assistance Information This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure 3 consecutive times in less than 1.5Booklet (Canada) for details. Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire seconds, or pressure of all tires. When the low tire pressure . Push and hold the push-button ignition warning light is lit, one or more of your tires is switch for more than 2 seconds. significantly under-inflated. If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light (in the instrument panel) or the LOW PRESSURE information screen (on the display). This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). ( “Low tire pressure warning light” page 2-26) ( “Tire Pressure Monitor- ing System (TPMS)” page 5-4) WARNING . If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates or LOW PRESSURE in- formation is displayed on the moni- tor screen while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with un- der-inflated tires may permanently6-2 In case of emergency
    • damage the tires and increase the as this may cause a malfunction of RUN-FLAT TIRES likelihood of tire failure. Serious the tire pressure sensors. Run-flat tires are those tires that can be used vehicle damage could occur and temporarily if they are punctured. ( “Run-flat may lead to an accident and could tires” page 8-37) NOTE: result in serious personal injury. Also, see the tire safety information in the Check the tire pressure for all four . You can check the pressure of all four tires on the multi function display. See Warranty Information Booklet. tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure the separate Multi Function Display shown on the Tire and Loading Owner’s Manual. WARNING Information label to turn the low . The tires of this vehicle are filled with . Although you can continue driving tire pressure warning light off. If the nitrogen gas. When the tire pressure is with a punctured run-flat tire, re- light still illuminates while driving low, fill the tires with nitrogen. Contact member that vehicle handling sta- after adjusting the tire pressure, a a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer for bility is reduced, which could lead to tire may be flat. information on filling the tires with an accident and personal injury.. When a wheel is replaced, the TPMS nitrogen. Also, driving a long distance at high will not function and the low tire . If nitrogen is not available, compressed speeds may damage the tires. pressure warning light will flash for air may be safely used under normal . Do not drive at speeds above 50 approximately 1 minute. The light driving conditions. However, NISSAN MPH (80 km/h) and do not drive will remain on after 1 minute. Con- recommends refilling with nitrogen for more than 50 miles (80 km) with a tact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer maximum tire performance. punctured run-flat tire. The actual as soon as possible for tire replace- distance the vehicle can be driven ment and/or system resetting. on a flat tire depends on outside. Replacing tires with those not ori- temperature, vehicle load, road con- ginally specified by NISSAN could ditions and other factors. affect the proper operation of the . Drive safely at reduced speeds. TPMS. Avoid hard cornering or braking,. Do not inject any tire liquid or which may cause you to lose control aerosol tire sealant into the tires, of the vehicle. In case of emergency 6-3
    • JUMP STARTING 6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle The following circumstances indicate that the NOTICE and stand in a safe place, away from traffic battery is discharged. and clear of the vehicle. . Never install tire chains on a punc- . The starter motor does not turn or it turns tured run-flat tire, as this could If needed Roadside Assistance is available. weakly and the engine does not start. damage your vehicle. Please see your Warranty Information Booklet for the toll-free number to call (U.S.) or Warranty . The vehicle lights are much dimmer than . Avoid driving over any projection or Information Booklet (Canada). usual. pothole, as the clearance between For the tire removing procedure, see the . The sound of the horn is weak. The horn the vehicle and the ground is smal- following section. ( “Jacking vehicle and makes no sound. ler than normal. removing wheels” page 8-42) . Do not enter an automated car wash NOTICE with a punctured run-flat tire. . Have the punctured tire replaced by When the battery is discharged, do not your GT-R certified NISSAN dealer close either of the front doors. The as soon as possible, as the tire’s automatic window adjusting function performance capability is reduced. will not work, and the side roof panel may be damaged.If you have a flat tire and have to stop thevehicle, follow the instructions below. To start your engine with a booster battery, the1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and instructions and precautions below must be away from traffic. followed.2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. For the battery maintenance information, see the following section. ( “Battery” page 8-17)3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake. Move the shift lever to the & position. P4. Turn off the engine.5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and to signal professional road assistance person- nel that you need assistance.6-4 In case of emergency
    • remove rings, metal bands, or any WARNING other jewelry. Do not lean over the. If done incorrectly, jump starting battery when jump starting. can lead to a battery explosion, . Do not attempt to jump start a resulting in severe injury or death. frozen battery. It could explode It could also damage your vehicle. and cause serious injury.. Explosive hydrogen gas is always . Your vehicle has an automatic en- present in the vicinity of the battery. gine cooling fan. It could come on at Keep all sparks and flames away any time. Keep hands and other from the battery. objects away from it.. Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes, skin, clothing If needed, Roadside Assistance is available. or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is Please see your Warranty Information Booklet a corrosive sulphuric acid solution for the toll-free number to call (U.S.) or Warranty which can cause severe burns. If the Information Booklet (Canada). fluid should come into contact with anything, immediately flush the con- tacted area with water.. Keep the battery out of the reach of children.. The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts. Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle.. Whenever working on or near a battery, always wear suitable eye protectors (for example, goggles or industrial safety spectacles) and In case of emergency 6-5
    • electrical systems (light, heater, air condi- tioner, etc.). 3. Remove the battery cover. Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion hazard. 4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated (* ? * ? * ? * ). 1 2 3 4 If the battery is disconnected or dis- charged, the steering wheel will lock and cannot be turned. Supply power using jumper cables before pushing the ignition switch and disengaging the steering lock. CAUTION . Always connect positive (+) to posi- tive (+) and negative (−) to body ground (as illustrated), not to the battery. . Make sure that the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the 1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle engine compartment and that WARNING * , position the two vehicles (* and * ) A A B clamps do not contact any other to bring their batteries into close proximity to metal. Always follow the instructions below. each other. Do not allow the two vehi- Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause cles to touch. 5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle * A 2. Apply parking brake. Move the shift lever to and let it run for a few minutes. personal injury. the & position. Switch off all unnecessary P6-6 In case of emergency
    • PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS6. Keep the engine speed of the booster Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing. vehicle * at about 2,000 rpm, and start A WARNING the engine of the vehicle being jump started NOTICE *. B . Do not continue to drive if your Your NISSAN cannot be push-started or vehicle overheats. Doing so could NOTE: cause engine damage or a vehicle tow-started. Attempting to do so may Do not keep the starter motor engaged fire. cause transmission damage. for more than 10 seconds. If the engine does not start right away, push the . To avoid the danger of being ignition switch to the OFF position and If needed, Roadside Assistance is available. scalded, never remove the radiator wait 10 seconds before trying again. Please see your Warranty Information Booklet filler cap and the coolant reservoir7. After starting your engine, carefully discon- for the toll-free number to call (U.S.) or Warranty cap while the engine is still hot. nect the negative cable and then the positive & Roadside Assistance Information Booklet When the cap is removed, pressur- cable (* ? * ? * ? * ). 4 3 2 1 (Canada). ized hot water will spurt out, possi- bly causing serious injury.8. Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contami- . Do not open the hood if steam is nated with corrosive acid. coming out.9. Put the battery cover on. If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anNOTE: extremely high temperature gauge reading), or ifIf the clamp clip is difficult to connect to you feel a lack of engine power, detect unusualthe battery terminal, remove the cowl top noise, etc., take the following steps:cover to make it easier. ( “Removing 1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, applythe cowl top cover” page 8-9) the parking brake and move the shift lever to the & position. P Do not stop the engine. 2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all the windows, move the temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed. In case of emergency 6-7
    • TOWING YOUR VEHICLE3. If engine overheating is caused by climbing When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial in a long hill on a hot day, run the engine at a WARNING Canada) and local regulations for towing must fast idle (approximately 1,500 rpm) until the be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, temperature gauge indication returns to damage your vehicle. Towing instructions are jewelry or clothing to come into contact normal. available from a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. with, or get caught in, engine belts or4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen for the engine cooling fan. The engine Local service operators are familiar with the steam or coolant escaping from the radiator cooling fan can start at any time. applicable laws and procedures for towing. To before opening the hood. (If steam or assure proper towing and to prevent accidental coolant is escaping, turn off the engine.) damage to your vehicle, NISSAN recommends Do not open the hood further until no steam 7. When the coolant temperature gauge goes that you have a service operator tow your or coolant can be seen. down to the midpoint, stop the engine and vehicle. It is advisable to have the service wait until the gauge goes down further to operator carefully read the following precau-5. Open the engine hood. “C” (cold). tions. 8. After the engine cools down, check the WARNING coolant level in the reservoir tank. Add WARNING coolant to the reservoir, if necessary, after If steam or water is coming from the engine, stand clear to prevent getting opening the coolant reservoir cap with a . Never ride in a vehicle that is being heavy cloth covering it. ( “Engine cool- towed. burned. ing system” page 8-10) . Never get under your vehicle after it 9. Have your vehicle repaired at the nearest has been lifted by a tow truck.6. Visually check drive belts for damage or GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. looseness. Also check if the cooling fan is running. The radiator hoses and radiator If needed, Roadside Assistance is available. should not leak water. If coolant is leaking, Please see your Warranty Information Booklet CAUTION the drive belts are missing or loose, or the for the toll-free number to call (U.S.) or Warranty cooling fan does not run, stop the engine. & Roadside Assistance Information Booklet Always attach safety chains before (Canada). towing. If needed, Roadside Assistance is available. Please see your Warranty Information Booklet6-8 In case of emergency
    • for the toll-free number to call (U.S.) or Warranty& Roadside Assistance Information Booklet(Canada). TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated. NOTICE Never tow the vehicle with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain. In case of emergency 6-9
    • VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck vehicle) WARNING . Stand clear of a stuck vehicle. . Do not spin your tires at high speed. This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury. Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged. Pulling a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., use a tow strap or other device designed specifically for vehicle recovery. Always follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the recovery device. Front: Using a suitable tool wrapped with a cloth * , 1 Front Rear remove the cover * from the front bumper. 2 Securely install the vehicle recovery hook * 3 stored in the toolbox located under the front passenger’s floor. Use the wheel nut wrench * 4 as illustrated to secure the recovery hook. Attach the tow strap to the recovery hook. Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the6-10 In case of emergency
    • original place after use. ery.Rear:The rear hook * 5 is designed as the recoveryhook. NOTICETo remove the cover * from the rear bumper, 6 . Tow chains or cables must be at-first push in the tabs * until they unlatch and 7 tached only to the vehicle recoverythen pull the cover. hooks or main structural membersSecurely install the recovery hook * to the 3 of the vehicle. Otherwise, the vehi-attaching mount located on the rear bumper. cle body will be damaged.Make sure that the recovery hook is properly . Never tow a vehicle using the vehi-secured in its storage location after use. cle tie downs or recovery hooks. . Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or suspension, steering, brake or cool- vehicle recovery. ing systems. CAUTION Rocking a stuck vehicle . Do not use the vehicle tie downs to If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., free a vehicle stuck in sand, snow, use the following procedure: mud, etc. 1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) . Always pull the cable straight out system and select SAVE mode with the from the vehicle. Never pull on the transmission setup switch. ( “VDC, vehicle at an angle. transmission and suspension setup . Pulling devices such as ropes or switches” page 5-24) canvas straps are not recommended 2. Make sure the area in front and behind the for use in vehicle towing or recov- vehicle is clear of obstructions. In case of emergency 6-11
    • 3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires.4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back- ward. . Shift back and forth between the & andR &↔& positions. A M . Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion. . Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between the & and &↔& R A M positions. . Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55 km/h).5. Turn on the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system.6. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries, contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle.6-12 In case of emergency
    • 7 Appearance and careCleaning exterior ...................................................................... 7-2 Cleaning interior ...................................................................... 7-5 Washing ................................................................................ 7-2 Air fresheners .................................................................... 7-5 Waxing .................................................................................. 7-3 Floor mats .......................................................................... 7-6 Removing spots .................................................................. 7-3 Seat belts ........................................................................... 7-7 Underbody ............................................................................ 7-3 Corrosion protection ............................................................... 7-8 Glass ..................................................................................... 7-3 Most common factors contributing to Wheels .................................................................................. 7-3 vehicle corrosion .............................................................. 7-8 Chrome parts ...................................................................... 7-4 Environmental factors influence the rate Outside door handles ....................................................... 7-4 of corrosion ....................................................................... 7-8 Tire dressing ........................................................................ 7-4 To protect your vehicle from corrosion ...................... 7-8 Dry carbon fiber rear spoiler (if so equipped) ............ 7-4
    • CLEANING EXTERIORIn order to maintain the appearance of your WASHING water-spotted.vehicle, it is important to take proper care of it. Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and . Avoid using tight-napped or roughTo protect the paint surfaces, wash your vehicle plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly cloths, such as washing mitts. Careas soon as you can: using a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or must be taken when removing. after a rainfall to prevent possible damage general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with caked-on dirt or other foreign sub- from acid rain clean, lukewarm (never hot) water. stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged.. after driving on coastal roads NOTICE. when contaminants such as soot, bird Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean droppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs . Do not use an automatic car wash. water. get on the paint surface The rear spoiler may be damaged. Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,. when dust or mud builds up on the surface . Do not use car washes that use acid hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable toWhenever possible, store or park your vehicle in the detergent. Some car washes, the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areasinside a garage or in a covered area. especially brushless ones, use some must be regularly cleaned. Take care that the acid for cleaning. The acid may react drain holes in the lower edge of the door areWhen it is necessary to park outside, park in a with some plastic vehicle compo- open. Spray water under the body and in theshady area or protect the vehicle with a body nents, causing them to crack. This wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash awaycover. could affect their appearance, and road salt.Be careful not to scratch the paint surface also could cause them not to func-when putting on or removing the body tion properly. Always check with Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surfacecover. your car wash to confirm that acid by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle. is not used. . Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap, strong chemical detergents, gasoline or solvents. . Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot, as the surface may become7-2 Appearance and care
    • WAXING GLASS NOTICERegular waxing protects the paint surface and Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dusthelps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing Never use wax on the carbon parts film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glassis recommended to remove built-up wax residue (such as the rear diffuser or the op- to become coated with a film after the vehicle isand to avoid a weathered appearance before tional dry carbon fiber rear spoiler). parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a softreapplying wax. This may cause deterioration or corro- cloth will easily remove this film.A GT-R certified NISSAN dealer can assist you sion.in choosing the proper product. NOTICE. Wax your vehicle only after a thorough REMOVING SPOTS When cleaning the inside of the win- washing. Follow the instructions supplied Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, dows, do not use sharp-edged tools, with the wax. abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible. Do not use a wax containing any abrasives, from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage disinfectant cleaners. They could da- cutting compounds or cleaners that may or staining. Special cleaning products are mage the electrical conductors, radio damage the vehicle finish. available at a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer or antenna elements or rear windowMachine compound or aggressive polishing on a any automotive accessory stores. defroster elements.base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull thefinish or leave swirl marks. UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter, the WHEELS underbody must be cleaned regularly. This will Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to WARNING prevent dirt and salt from building up and maintain their appearance. Do not use wax on the glass, rubber or causing the acceleration of corrosion on the . Clean the inner side of the wheels when the plastic parts around the glass or door. underbody and suspension. Before the winter wheel is changed or the underside of the This may prevent the window operation period and again in the spring, the underseal vehicle is washed. or cause poor visibility and the wax must be checked and, if necessary, re-treated. . Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or cannot be coated uniformly. corrosion. Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead. . NISSAN recommends that the road wheels Appearance and care 7-3
    • be waxed to protect against road salt in . Do not apply wheel cleaners to the . Use a water-based tire dressing. The coat- areas where it is used during winter. wheels when they are hot. The ing on the tire dissolves more easily with an wheel temperature should be the oil-based tire dressing. CAUTION same as ambient temperature. . Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help . Rinse the wheel to completely re- prevent it from entering the tire tread/ Do not use abrasive cleaners when grooves (where it would be difficult to move the cleaner within 15 minutes washing the wheels. remove). after the cleaner is applied. . Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dryAluminum alloy wheels towel. Make sure the tire dressing is CHROME PARTS completely removed from the tire tread/Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a Clean chrome parts regularly with a non-mild soap solution, especially during winter grooves. abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.months in areas where road salt is used. Salt . Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-could discolor the wheels if not removed. OUTSIDE DOOR HANDLES mended by tire dressing manufacturer.The dark chrome coat wheel is specially coated After driving on a road where salt is used in DRY CARBON FIBER REAR SPOI-to a distinctive color. It may discolor to black winter, immediately wash and clean the outsidedepending on storage conditions. If only one LER (if so equipped) door handles that are provided with a specialwheel is changed, it may be different color with coating. This will keep the beautiful finish longer. The dry carbon fiber rear spoiler is made usingother wheels. If the wheel is changed, consult the same composite method used for race cars.with a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. TIRE DRESSING The dry carbon fiber rear spoiler has a special NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire coating to enhance the feel of the material. NOTICE dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the NOTICE Follow the directions below to avoid rubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it staining or discoloring the wheels: may react with the coating and form a com- . Do not use chemical agents (for pound. This compound may come off the tire example: wax, coating agent, com- . Do not use a cleaner that uses pound agent, etc.) on the dry carbon while driving and stain the vehicle paint. strong acid or alkali contents to fiber rear spoiler because they can clean the wheels. If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the damage the material. When the rear following precautions:7-4 Appearance and care
    • CLEANING INTERIOR spoiler becomes dirty, dilute one Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum NOTICE cap of mild detergent with a bucket of water and use that mixture to cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and . Small dirt particles can be abrasive clean the rear spoiler. leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dam- and damaging to the leather sur- pened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean faces and should be removed . The dry carbon fiber rear spoiler with a dry soft cloth. promptly. Do not use saddle soap, may turn yellow due to age dete- rioration because of the character- Regular care and cleaning is required in order to car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning istics of the material. Storing the maintain the appearance of the leather. fluids, solvents, detergents or am- vehicle outside in direct sunlight for Before using any fabric protector, read the monia-based cleaners as they may extended periods of time may cause manufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabric damage the leather’s natural finish. discoloration and deterioration. protectors contain chemicals that may stain or . Never use fabric protectors unless NISSAN recommends that you do bleach the seat material. recommended by the manufacturer. not store the vehicle in direct sun- Use a cloth dampened only with water, to clean . Do not use glass or plastic cleaner light to protect the rear spoiler. the meter and gauge lens. on meter or gauge lens covers. It may damage the lens cover.NOTE: CAUTIONThe surfaces of the dry carbon fiber rear AIR FRESHENERSspoiler are lightly coated like a race car so . Do not use water or acidic cleanersthat you can feel the proper texture of real (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. Most air fresheners use a solvent that couldcarbon, which may feel rough. This is This can damage the seat or occu- affect the vehicle interior. If an air freshener isnormal. pant classification sensor. This can used, take the following precautions: also affect the operation of the air . Hanging-type air fresheners can cause bag system and result in serious permanent discoloration when they contact personal injury. vehicle interior surfaces. Place the air . Never use benzine, thinner, or any freshener in a location that allows it to hang similar material. free and not contact an interior surface. . Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on the vents. These products can cause Appearance and care 7-5
    • immediate damage and discoloration when they become excessively worn. spilled on interior surfaces.Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions before using air fresheners.FLOOR MATS WARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury: . NEVER place a floor mat on top of another floor mat in the driver front position. . Use only genuine NISSAN floor Floor mat positioning aid mats specifically designed for use This model includes front floor mat brackets to in your vehicle model. See your act as floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floor GT-R certified NISSAN dealer for mats have been specially designed for your more information. vehicle model. The floor mats have grommet . Properly position the mats in the holes in them. To install, simply position the mat floorwell using the floor mat posi- by placing the floor mat bracket through the floor tioning aid. See “Floor mat posi- mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the tioning aid” later in this section. floorwell. Periodically check to make certain that the matsThe use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can are properly positioned.extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make iteasier to clean the interior. Mats should bemaintained with regular cleaning and replaced if7-6 Appearance and care
    • WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts, since these materials may se- verely weaken the seat belt webbing. Bracket positionsThe illustration shows the location of the floor Cleaning the power window finishermat brackets. Moisten a soft cloth with neutral detergent and wipe off the dirt on the power window finisherSEAT BELTS *. 1The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soap After wiping off the dirt, soak a cloth with water and wring it out thoroughly, then wipe off thesolution. Allow the belts to dry completely inthe shade before using them. ( “Seat belt neutral detergent.maintenance” page 1-12) NOTICE Some cleaners may cause the paint to peel or cause spots to occur. If using a cleaner, consult with a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. Appearance and care 7-7
    • CORROSION PROTECTIONMOST COMMON FACTORS CON- Temperature CAUTIONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORRO- A temperature increase will accelerate the rateSION of corrosion to those parts which are not well . NEVER remove dirt, sand or other ventilated. debris from the passenger compart-. The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt ment by washing it out with a hose. and debris in body panel sections, cavities, Air pollution Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner. and other areas. Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air . Never allow water or other liquids to. Damage to paint and other protective coat- in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use will come in contact with electronic ings caused by gravel and stone chips or accelerate the corrosion process. Road salt will components inside the vehicle as minor traffic accidents. also accelerate the disintegration of paint this may damage them. surfaces.ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS IN-FLUENCE THE RATE OF CORRO- TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM Chemicals used for road surface deicing areSION CORROSION extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion . Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the and deterioration of underbody componentsMoisture vehicle clean. such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the . Always check for minor damage to the paintvehicle body underside can accelerate corro- In winter, the underbody must be cleaned and repair it as soon as possible.sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completely periodically.inside the vehicle, and should be removed for . Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors For additional protection against rust anddrying to avoid floor panel corrosion. open to avoid water accumulation. corrosion, which may be required in some areas, . Check the underbody for accumulation of consult a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.Relative humidity sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with waterCorrosion will be accelerated in areas of high as soon as possible.relative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing whereatmospheric pollution exists, or where road saltis used.7-8 Appearance and care
    • 8 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfMaintenance requirement ....................................................... 8-3 Drive belts .............................................................................. 8-19 Scheduled maintenance ................................................... 8-3 Spark plugs ............................................................................ 8-19 General maintenance ........................................................ 8-3 Replacing spark plugs ................................................. 8-20 Where to go for service ................................................... 8-3 Air cleaner .............................................................................. 8-20General maintenance .............................................................. 8-4 Windshield wiper blades .................................................... 8-21 Explanation of maintenance items ................................. 8-4 Cleaning .......................................................................... 8-21Maintenance precautions ....................................................... 8-6 Replacing the wiper blades ....................................... 8-21Engine compartment check locations ................................. 8-8 Brakes ..................................................................................... 8-22 Removing the cowl top cover ......................................... 8-9 Self-adjusting brakes ................................................... 8-22Engine cooling system ......................................................... 8-10 Brake pad wear warning ............................................. 8-22 Checking engine coolant level ..................................... 8-11 High performance brake system ............................... 8-22 Changing engine coolant .............................................. 8-12 Replacing the brake pads ........................................... 8-23Engine oil ................................................................................ 8-12 Fuses ....................................................................................... 8-23 Checking engine oil level .............................................. 8-12 Engine compartment .................................................... 8-23 Changing engine oil and filter ...................................... 8-13 Passenger compartment ............................................. 8-24Transmission oil ..................................................................... 8-14 Intelligent Key battery replacement .................................. 8-26Power steering fluid .............................................................. 8-14 Lights ....................................................................................... 8-28Brake fluid ............................................................................... 8-15 Headlights ....................................................................... 8-29Window washer fluid ........................................................... 8-16 Exterior and interior lights ........................................... 8-29Battery ...................................................................................... 8-17 Wheels and tires .................................................................. 8-31 Precautions ....................................................................... 8-17 Tire pressure .................................................................. 8-31 Fluid level check .............................................................. 8-17 Tire and loading information label ............................ 8-33 Jump starting .................................................................... 8-18 Checking the tire pressure ......................................... 8-34
    • Tire labeling ...................................................................... 8-35 Changing wheels and tires ......................................... 8-39Types of tires .........................................